Text consolidated by Valsts valodas centrs (State
Language Centre) with amending laws of:
14 October 2010 [shall come
into force on 1 November 2010];
22 November 2011 (Constitutional Court Judgment) [shall
come into force on 24 November 2011];
23 February 2012 [shall come into force on 1 March
2012];
20 April 2012 (Constitutional Court Judgment) [shall come
into force on 24 April 2012];
9 July 2013 [shall come into force on 7 August
2013];
12 September 2013 [shall come into force on 1 January
2014];
25 September 2014 [shall come into force on 1 January
2015];
18 December 2014 [shall come into force on 1 January
2015];
19 February 2015 [shall come into force on 1 March
2015];
21 December 2015 (Constitutional Court Judgment) [shall
come into force on 23 December 2015];
22 December 2016 [shall come into force on 6 January
2017];
31 May 2018 [shall come into force on 1 July 2018];
21 November 2019 [shall come into force on 11 December
2019];
5 December 2019 [shall come into force on 18 December
2019];
5 June 2020 [shall come into force on 10 June
2020];
15 June 2021 [shall come into force on 12 July
2021];
15 June 2021 [shall come into force on 12 July
2021];
2 September 2021 [shall come into force on 7 September
2021];
25 November 2021 [shall come into force on 21 December
2021];
16 March 2023 [shall come into force on 29 March
2023];
8 June 2023 [shall come into force on 15 July 2023].
If a whole or part of a section has been amended, the
date of the amending law appears in square brackets at
the end of the section. If a whole section, paragraph or
clause has been deleted, the date of the deletion appears
in square brackets beside the deleted section, paragraph
or clause.
|
The Saeima 1 has adopted and
the President has proclaimed the following law:
Insolvency Law
Division A
General Provisions
Chapter I
Purpose of the Law and Terms Used in the Law
Section 1. Purpose of this Law
The purpose of this Law is to promote the honouring of the
obligations of a debtor in financial difficulties and, where
possible, the restoration of solvency, applying the principles
and lawful solutions specified in the Law.
Section 2. Scope of Application of
the Law
(1) The Law shall apply to a legal person (except for the
entirety of an estate) or to a natural person.
(2) In respect of the State, local government, or other legal
person governed by public law the insolvency proceedings and
legal protection proceedings specified in this Law shall not be
applied.
(3) A separate law shall govern insolvency proceedings of
credit institutions.
(4) The provisions of this Law shall be applicable to
insolvency proceedings of those financial market participants
whose activities are supervised by Latvijas Banka in accordance
with the requirements of laws and regulations, insofar as the
special legal norms governing the activities of the financial
market participants do not provide otherwise.
(5) The provisions of this Law shall be applicable to
insolvency proceedings of the subject to a financial collateral
arrangement in conformity with the exceptions and additional
provisions referred to in the Financial Collateral Law.
(6) The provisions of this Law shall be applicable to actions
with aircraft objects in case of legal protection proceedings and
insolvency proceedings in conformity with the additional
provisions referred to in the law On Aviation.
(7) The provisions of this Law shall be applicable to covered
bond companies which have been established in relation to
segregation of cover assets of covered bond programmes of an
issuer insofar as it has not been laid down otherwise in the
Covered Bonds Law.
(8) The provisions of this Law shall be applicable to the
legal protection proceedings and insolvency proceedings of the
subjects to a close-out netting agreement in conformity with the
exceptions and additional provisions referred to in the Law on
Close-out Netting Applicable to Qualified Financial
Transactions.
(9) The provisions of this Law shall be applicable to the
originator, the servicer, and the securitisation special purpose
entity referred to in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) 2017/2402 of
the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 December 2017
laying down a general framework for securitisation and creating a
specific framework for simple, transparent and standardised
securitisation, and amending Directives 2009/65/EC, 2009/138/EC
and 2011/61/EU and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No
648/2012, the legal protection proceedings, and insolvency
proceedings in conformity with the exceptions and additional
provisions referred to in the Securitisation Law.
[15 June 2021; 15 June 2021; 25 November 2021; 16 March
2023; 8 June 2023]
Section 3. Legal Protection
Proceedings
(1) Legal protection proceedings are an aggregate of measures
of a legal nature the purpose of which is to renew the ability of
a debtor to settle their debt obligations, if a debtor has come
into financial difficulties or expects to do so.
(2) Legal protection proceedings are commenced from the day
when a case of legal protection proceedings is brought before a
court and shall take place until the day when the court takes the
decision to terminate the legal protection proceedings.
Section 4. Insolvency Proceedings of
a Legal Person
(1) Insolvency proceedings of a legal person are an aggregate
of measures of a legal nature within the scope of which the
claims of creditors are settled from debtor's property in order
to promote the fulfilment of the debtor's obligations.
(2) Insolvency proceedings of a legal person are commenced
from the day when a court has proclaimed insolvency proceedings
by a ruling and shall take place until the day when a court takes
the decision to terminate the insolvency proceedings.
Section 5. Insolvency Proceedings of
a Natural Person
(1) Insolvency proceedings of a natural person are an
aggregate of measures of a legal nature the objective of which is
to satisfy the claims of creditors as much as possible from
debtor's property and provide the opportunity for a debtor whose
property and income is insufficient to cover the entire
obligations to be released from the outstanding obligations and
to restore solvency.
(2) Insolvency proceedings of a natural person are commenced
from the day when a court has proclaimed insolvency proceedings
by a ruling and take shall place until the day when a court takes
the decision to terminate the insolvency proceedings.
Section 6. Principles of Legal
Protection Proceedings, Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
and Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
The general principles of legal protection proceedings,
insolvency proceedings of a legal person, and insolvency
proceedings of a natural person (hereinafter in this Section -
the proceedings) are applied as follows:
1) principle of the preservation of rights - the rights of
creditors acquired prior to proceedings are respected during the
proceedings. Restriction on rights of creditors specified within
the scope of the proceedings may not be greater than is necessary
to achieve the objective of the respective proceedings;
2) principle of creditor equality - creditors are given equal
opportunities to participate in proceedings and receive
satisfaction of their claims in accordance with the obligations
which they have established with the debtor prior to the
commencement of proceedings;
3) principle of prohibition against arbitrariness - a creditor
and debtor may not perform individual activities which cause harm
to the interests of the body of creditors;
4) principle of honouring of obligations - such measures which
allow the obligations undertaken by a debtor to be honoured in a
greater amount shall be applicable within the scope of
proceedings;
5) principle of the effectiveness of proceedings - such
measures which allow the objective of the proceedings to be
achieved in the most complete manner with the least resources
shall be applicable within the scope of proceedings;
6) principle of quick turnover - the task of the proceedings
is to maintain a quick commercial turnover. Debtor's property
shall be sold to ensure the return thereof to commercial
circulation as quickly as possible;
7) principle of transparency - in order to ensure credibility,
information on proceedings must be accessible by all persons
involved in the proceedings, thereby promoting the respecting of
the interests of these persons and the achievement of the
objectives of the proceedings. An exception is information the
unrestricted disclosure of which might harm the lawful interests
of a debtor or a creditor;
8) principle of good faith - persons involved in proceedings
shall use their rights and fulfil their duties in good faith. A
debtor and creditor may not use the proceedings in order to make
a living unfairly.
Section 7. Secured Creditor
(1) A secured creditor is a creditor whose right to claim
against a debtor or a third person is secured by a commercial
pledge, or mortgage on debtor's property registered in the Land
Register or Ship Register.
(2) A secured creditor shall be considered to be a non-secured
creditor for the unsecured part of the claim, except for the case
when the security is for a liability of a third person. A secured
creditor is entitled, at any stage of the proceedings, to decline
from the security for the right to claim in full or partly by
making relevant amendments to public registers.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 8. Non-secured Creditor
A non-secured creditor is a creditor whose right to claim is
not secured with the means of security referred to in Section 7,
Paragraph one of this Law.
Section 8.1 Supervisory
Person of Legal Protection Proceedings
A supervisory person of legal protection proceedings is a
natural person appointed by a court who has the rights and
obligations specified in this Law in legal protection
proceedings.
[22 December 2016]
Section 9. Administrator of
Insolvency Proceedings
(1) An administrator of insolvency proceedings (hereinafter -
the administrator) is a natural person who has been appointed to
the position of an administrator and who has the rights and
obligations specified in this Law. In respect of the official
activities, administrators shall be considered equivalent to
public officials.
(2) The administrator, within the meaning of Regulation (EU)
No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20
May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (hereinafter - Regulation No
2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council), also has
the rights and obligations of the administrator specified in this
Law and other laws and regulations.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018 /
Section 2 of the law Amendments to the Insolvency Law of 25
September 2014 where Paragraph one has been supplemented with a
sentence in the following wording: "In respect of the
official activities, administrators of insolvency proceedings
shall be considered equivalent to public officials.", insofar as
failing to ensure occupational guaranty to be able to retain the
selected occupation in respect of insolvency administrators who
are advocates at the same time, has been recognised as
non-conforming to the first sentence of Section 106 of the
Constitution of the Republic of Latvia by the Constitution Court
judgement of 21 December 2015 which enters into effect on 23
December 2015.]
Section 10. Characteristics of the
Application of the Norms of the Law
The provisions applicable to legal persons shall be applied to
natural persons and partnerships, unless laid down otherwise in
this Law.
Section 11. Costs of Legal
Protection Proceedings, Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
and Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) The remuneration of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings and his or her expenses arising from
ensuring lawful and efficient course of legal protection
proceedings shall constitute the costs of legal protection
proceedings.
(2) The remuneration of the administrator and the value added
tax if the administrator has been registered in the State Revenue
Service Value Added Tax Taxable Persons Register, and the
expenses arising from ensuring lawful and efficient course of
insolvency proceedings of the legal person or insolvency
proceedings of the natural person shall constitute the costs of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person and insolvency
proceedings of a natural person.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 12. Insolvency Register
(1) The purpose of the Insolvency Register is to ensure public
access to the legal protection proceedings, insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, insolvency proceedings of a
natural person, and the procedure contained in the Law on Release
of a Natural Person from Debt Obligations, to promote the
progression of the legal protection proceedings, insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, insolvency proceedings of a
natural person, and the procedure contained in the Law on Release
of a Natural Person from Debt Obligations, the protection of
legal interests of the persons involved in these proceedings and
other persons, the performance of the functions of the Insolvency
Control Service as well as to enhance the cooperation of persons
in insolvency issues. The Insolvency Register is available to
everyone free of charge, and the entries therein shall be
publicly reliable.
(2) Information on the administrator, the supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings, and also the course of legal
protection proceedings, insolvency proceedings of a legal person,
insolvency proceedings of a natural person, and of the procedure
contained in the Law on Release of a Natural Person from Debt
Obligations shall be entered into the Insolvency Register.
[15 June 2021 / The new wording of Section shall come into
force on 1 January 2022. See Paragraph 71 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 12.1 Electronic
Insolvency Accounting System
(1) The Electronic Insolvency Accounting System (hereinafter -
the System) is a State information system managed by the
Insolvency Control Service and held by the Court
Administration.
(2) The System promotes the performance of the tasks of the
Insolvency Control Service, the preparation and publication of
the information specified in laws and regulations on the website
of the Insolvency Control Service, the sharing of information
between the persons and authorities involved in insolvency
proceedings, and also the fulfilment of the obligations and
exercising of the rights of administrators and supervisory
persons of legal protection proceedings.
(3) The following shall be entered in the System:
1) information on the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings, the administrator, and other persons involved in
legal protection proceedings and insolvency proceedings;
2) information on the course of legal protection proceedings
and insolvency proceedings;
3) information on any violations which have been committed by
supervisory persons of legal protection proceedings and
administrators during the fulfilment of the obligations imposed
on them, and also exercising the rights granted to them in legal
protection proceedings and insolvency proceedings and which have
been established by a court, the Insolvency Control Service, and
the Commission of Disciplinary Matters specified in this Law;
4) information and documents the preparation or submission of
which is specified in the laws and regulations governing
activities of the administrator or supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings and the course of insolvency proceedings,
and the preparation of which in electronic form or attaching of
which is ensured in the System.
(4) The information specified in Paragraph three of this
Section shall be entered in the System and updated on the basis
of the information received from State or local government
authorities from other State information systems, and also the
official activities carried out within the framework of the
fulfilment of official duties of officials of the Insolvency
Control Service, the documents prepared within the framework of
the fulfilment of the obligations and exercising the rights of
the administrator and the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings specified in the laws and regulations governing the
field of insolvency, the documents and any other information
received from the administrators and the supervisory persons of
legal protection proceedings.
(5) The persons employed by the Insolvency Control Service and
the Court Administration who require access to the System for the
fulfilment of official or work duties, the administrators, and
the persons supervising legal protection proceedings shall
process the information included in the System to such extent as
is necessary for them for the fulfilment of obligations and
exercising the rights specified in laws and regulations,
including using data of other State information systems in the
System in order to ascertain accuracy of the data to be entered
in the System, including personal data.
(6) The documents prepared by the Insolvency Control Service,
the administrator, and the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings which are submitted and made available using the
System also have legal effect if they do not contain the detail
"signature".
(7) When updating the information entered in the System, the
previously registered information is saved.
(8) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for using and
maintaining the System, the procedures for entering and receiving
information and documents in and from the System, and also the
scope of information and documents to be included in the System
and the time limits for its storage.
(9) A creditor and a representative thereof, a representative
of a debtor, a debtor in insolvency proceedings of a natural
person, or a representative thereof may use the System for the
fulfilment of the obligations and exercising the rights specified
in laws and regulations.
(10) The information included in the System shall be
restricted access information.
[31 May 2018; 15 June 2021]
Section 12.2 Information
to be Published on the Website of the Insolvency Control
Service
(1) For the purpose of contributing to the protection of
interests of creditors in legal protection proceedings and
insolvency proceedings, promoting implementation of legal
protection proceedings by providing a possibility to select the
best supervisory person of legal protection proceedings, and also
informing the public of the results of the activities of the
Insolvency Control Service, the Insolvency Control Service shall
publish the following information on its website regarding the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings and the
administrator, and also legal protection proceedings, insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, and insolvency proceedings of a
natural person:
1) the given name, surname, and contact information of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings or the
administrator, and also information on education and
qualification of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings;
2) information on the results of the activities of the
administrator in insolvency proceedings according to the
information provided in the final operational report;
3) information on any violations committed by the supervisory
persons of legal protection proceedings or the administrators
during the fulfilment of the obligations and exercising the
rights specified in laws and regulations governing the field of
insolvency which have been established under a decision of a
court, the Insolvency Control Service, and the Commission of
Disciplinary Matters which is no longer subject to appeal;
4) information on the number of legal protection proceedings
supervised by the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings;
5) information on legal protection proceedings supervised by
the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings which have
been terminated upon declaring insolvency proceedings of a legal
person;
6) information on legal protection proceedings supervised by
the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings which have
been terminated due to the implementation of the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings;
7) information on the number and duration of insolvency
proceedings of legal persons and insolvency proceedings of
natural persons administered by the administrator;
8) information on the time of practice in the status of a
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings or the time of
practice of the profession of an administrator.
(2) When publishing the information specified in this Law, the
Insolvency Control Service shall ensure conformity with the
requirements of the laws and regulations governing personal data
protection and the requirements for the protection of trade
secret. The specific information on the results of the activities
of the administrators shall be published unaltered according to
the information indicated in the operational report of the
administrator. The submitter of information shall be responsible
for the correctness and conformity of the content of this
information with the requirements of laws and regulations.
(3) The information published on the website of the Insolvency
Control Service which has been indicated in this Section shall be
of informative nature, and publication thereof shall neither
impose any obligations on nor grant any rights to persons.
(4) The Cabinet shall determine the scope of information
published by the Insolvency Control Service and the procedures
for publishing, and also correcting errors thereof.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018 / Section shall come
into force from 1 July 2018. See Paragraph 52 of Transitional
Provisions]
Chapter I.1 Supervisory
Person of Legal Protection Proceedings
[22 December 2016]
Section 12.3 Requirements
and Restrictions Imposed on the Supervisory Person of Legal
Protection Proceedings
(1) The following may be the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings:
1) the administrator with a higher education in economics,
management, or finance;
2) a sworn auditor;
3) a natural person with the capacity to act who has the right
to reside and be employed in Latvia throughout the entire
duration of the legal protection proceedings, who is not subject
to the restrictions specified in this Law, and who has a higher
education in economics, management, or finance.
(11) The administrator without a higher education
in economics, management, or finance may be the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings if a financial specialist
with a higher education in the relevant field is invited.
(2) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings may
not be a person:
1) who has been convicted of committing an intentional
criminal offence or against whom criminal proceedings for
committing an intentional criminal offence have been terminated
for reasons other than exoneration of the person;
2) for whom insolvency proceedings of a natural person have
been declared and less than five years have passed since the day
of termination thereof;
3) who has been a member of the administrative body of a legal
person and has caused insolvency proceedings of this legal person
due to the neglect thereof or deliberately;
4) who, on the basis of a decision in a disciplinary matter,
has been removed from the office of a general or specialised
civil servant, removed from the office of an administrator,
excluded from the number of sworn advocates or assistants
thereto, released from the office of a prosecutor, or removed
from the office of a sworn bailiff or an assistant thereto, a
sworn notary or an assistant thereto, or a judge, or whose
certificate of a sworn auditor has been cancelled, unless five
years have passed since the day when the decision has entered
into effect in the disciplinary matter or the decision to cancel
the certificate of a sworn auditor has been taken;
41) who has been suspended from the office of the
administrator;
42) who has been removed from the office of the
administrator in accordance with Section 17.2,
Paragraph one, Clause 5 or 6 of this Law unless five years have
passed since the day of removal or the termination of the
certificate;
5) on whom, on the basis of a decision in an administrative
offence case, an administrative penalty - deprivation of the
right to hold any office in a commercial company - has been
imposed;
6) who has been removed from legal protection proceedings by a
court upon establishing abuse of power by this person, unless
five years have passed from the day when the relevant court
ruling has entered into effect;
7) who, in accordance with the legal framework established in
his or her country of residence, has been denied the right to
hold offices similar to that of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings;
8) on whom the sanction of discontinuation of activity
referred to in Section 78, Paragraph one, Clause 4 of the Law on
the Prevention of Money Laundering and Terrorism and
Proliferation Financing has been imposed, unless five years have
passed since the day of the imposition thereof;
9) on whom the sanction of suspension of activity referred to
in Section 78, Paragraph one, Clause 4 of the Law on the
Prevention of Money Laundering and Terrorism and Proliferation
Financing has been imposed.
(3) The following person who meets at least one of the
following criteria may not be the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings in specific legal protection
proceedings:
1) [16 March 2023];
2) who has provided an opinion of a sworn auditor on the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings;
3) who is considered to be an interested party with respect to
the subject of legal protection proceedings in accordance with
the provisions of Section 72 of this Law;
4) who is a suspect or accused in criminal proceedings related
to his or her actions in specific legal protection
proceedings.
(4) The activities, rights, and obligations of administrators,
sworn advocates, sworn bailiffs, sworn auditors, and other
representatives of regulated professions appointed as supervisory
persons of legal protection proceedings in specific legal
protection proceedings shall be governed by the norms governing
the activities of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings. When fulfilling the obligations of the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings, administrators, sworn
advocates, sworn bailiffs, sworn auditors, and other
representatives of regulated professions do not have the right to
exercise the special rights and benefits specified in the
relevant laws and regulations governing professional activities
thereof and provided for or guaranteed by the relevant laws and
regulations.
(5) If any of the restrictions specified in Section 20 of this
Law applies to the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings, this person shall inform the debtor or creditors
thereof without delay if the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings has been appointed upon request of
creditors.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 2 September 2021; 16 March
2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 12.4 Appointing
and Removal of the Supervisory Person of Legal Protection
Proceedings
(1) A court shall appoint the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings in legal protection proceedings in
accordance with the procedures laid down in this Law and the
Civil Procedure Law.
(2) The court shall remove the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings as follows:
1) upon its own initiative in the cases specified in the Civil
Procedure Law;
2) on the basis of an application of the supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings if the relevant person has withdrawn
from specific legal protection proceedings;
3) on the basis of an application of the debtor, if the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has been
appointed in the cases referred to in Section 35.1,
Paragraph one and Paragraph two, Clause 1 of this Law, or an
application of the authorised representative of the majority of
creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law,
if the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
been appointed upon request of the creditor;
4) on the basis of an application of the Insolvency Control
Service if:
a) if the restrictions specified in Section 12.3,
Paragraphs two and three of this Law have been established;
b) the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
fails to fulfil the legal obligation imposed by the Insolvency
Control Service;
c) the Insolvency Control Service has established violations
of laws and regulations in the actions of the supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings;
5) on the basis of an application of the Director of the
Insolvency Control Service if:
a) a disciplinary matter has been initiated against the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings or the
decision of the Commission of Disciplinary Matters to remove the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings from legal
protection proceedings has entered into effect;
b) the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
fails to pay the fine imposed on him or her in accordance with
Section 31.7, Paragraph one, Clause 1 or 2 within the
time limit specified in Section 31.7, Paragraph five
of this Law.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 12.5 General
Obligations of the Supervisory Person of Legal Protection
Proceedings
(1) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
an obligation to register with the State Revenue Service as a
performer of economic activity and to declare his or her place of
practice in Latvia.
(2) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
an obligation to ensure keeping of documents and communication
with the persons involved in legal protection proceedings in the
official language.
(3) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall ensure that he or she may be reached at the address of his
or her place of practice by using the indicated contact
information, and also receives the correspondence addressed
thereto (including documents signed with a secure electronic
signature).
(4) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
an obligation to ensure access to the place of practice in Latvia
recorded in the Insolvency Register and to the location of the
debtor - a legal person - when the Insolvency Control Service is
performing the procedural actions referred to in Section
174.2, Paragraph one, Clause 9 of this Law.
(5) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall use the System when exercising the rights granted in the
law and performing the obligations specified in the law.
(6) The Cabinet shall determine the principles for the
activities and the determination of the remuneration of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023]
Section 12.6 Conducting a
Case of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall conduct a case of legal protection proceedings in his or
her place of practice and include therein all information and
documents related to the relevant proceedings when making a list
of the documents in the case of these proceedings.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for keeping
records of the legal protection proceedings.
[22 December 2016]
Section 12.7
Record-keeping and Accounts of Income and Expenditures of the
Supervisory Person of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall keep records at his or her place of practice, and also
accounts of income and expenditures thereof arising from the
fulfilment of the duties of office of the supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings.
(2) Income from the fulfilment of the duties of office of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings shall consist
of the remuneration of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings for the fulfilment of the duties in legal protection
proceedings.
(3) Expenditures of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall consist of the expenditures related to the
maintenance of the place of practice and other payments specified
in laws and regulations and related to the relevant legal
protection proceedings.
(4) The Cabinet shall determine the nomenclature of files of
the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings and the
time periods for storage thereof, and also the procedures for
keeping records.
[22 December 2016]
Section 12.8 Liability
and Security of the Supervisory Person of Legal Protection
Proceedings
(1) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall be liable for any losses caused to the State, debtor,
creditors, or other persons due to his or her fault.
(2) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall not be liable for actions and transactions of the debtor
and previous supervisory persons of legal protection
proceedings.
(3) Actions against the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall be brought in accordance with the procedures
and within the time limits laid down in Section 30 of this
Law.
(4) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall insure his or her civil liability for possible harm which
he or she may cause to the debtor, creditors, or other persons
through his or her actions in the legal protection
proceedings.
(5) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for civil
liability insurance of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings, and also the minimum insurance amount.
[22 December 2016; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 12.9 Expiration
of Obligations of the Supervisory Person of Legal Protection
Proceedings
Obligations of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall expire:
1) if the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
is removed from specific legal protection proceedings;
2) if the legal protection proceedings are being
terminated;
3) in the event of death of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings;
4) if the court grants the application and renders a judgment
on the implementation of the legal protection proceedings without
appointing a supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
for monitoring the implementation of the plan of measures of
legal protection proceedings.
[22 December 2016; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Chapter II
Administrator
[22 December 2016]
Section 13. Requirements and
Restrictions Set Out for the Administrator
(1) The administrator may be a natural person with the
capacity to act:
1) who has attained 25 years of age;
2) who has received a State-recognised education document
concerning the acquisition of a second level higher vocational
education in jurisprudence and acquired the qualification of a
lawyer or has received a State-recognised education document
concerning the acquisition of a higher academic education in
jurisprudence and acquired an academic degree;
3) who is has the highest level of proficiency in the official
language;
4) who has at least three years work experience in the
profession of a lawyer or profession comparable thereto after
acquisition of the education and qualification referred to in
Paragraph one, Clause 2 of this Section;
5) who has passed the examination of an administrator;
6) who has impeccable reputation.
(2) The administrator may not be a person:
1) who does not meet the requirements laid down in Paragraph
one of this Section;
2) who has been removed from the office of the administrator
in accordance with Section 17.2, Paragraph one, Clause
5 or 6 of this Law unless five years have passed since the day of
removal or the termination of the certificate;
3) who has been convicted of committing an intentional
criminal offence or against whom criminal proceedings for
committing an intentional criminal offence have been terminated
for reasons other than exoneration of the person;
4) for whom insolvency proceedings of a natural person have
been declared and less than five years have passed since the day
of termination thereof;
5) who has been a member of the administrative body of a legal
person and has caused insolvency proceedings of this legal person
due to the neglect thereof or deliberately;
6) on whom, on the basis of a decision in an administrative
offence case, an administrative penalty - deprivation of the
right to hold any office in a commercial company - has been
imposed;
7) who, on the basis of a decision in a disciplinary matter,
has been removed from the office of the administrator, excluded
from the number of sworn advocates or assistants thereto,
released from the office of a prosecutor or removed from the
office of a sworn bailiff, an assistant thereto, a sworn notary,
an assistant thereto, or a judge, or whose certificate of a sworn
auditor has been cancelled, unless five years have passed since
the day when the decision has entered into effect in the
disciplinary matter or the decision to cancel the certificate of
a sworn auditor has been taken;
8) on whom the sanction of discontinuation of activity
referred to in Section 78, Paragraph one, Clause 4 of the Law on
the Prevention of Money Laundering and Terrorism and
Proliferation Financing has been imposed, unless five years have
passed since the day of the imposition thereof;
9) on whom the sanction of suspension of activity referred to
in Section 78, Paragraph one, Clause 4 of the Law on the
Prevention of Money Laundering and Terrorism and Proliferation
Financing has been imposed.
[22 December 2016; 2 September 2021]
Section 13.1 Office of
the Administrator
(1) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall
appoint the administrator to the office by an order after passing
of the examination of an administrator.
(2) After appointing of the administrator to the office, the
Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall issue to the
administrator his or her office certificate which is valid for
five years.
(3) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for appointing
the administrator to the office, and also the form and content of
the certificate of the administrator office, and the procedures
for issuing and handing it out.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 2 September 2021]
Section 14. Professional
Organisation of Administrators
(1) The functions of the professional organisation of
administrators shall be implemented by the association
Latvijas Sertificēto maksātnespējas procesa administratoru
asociācija [Association of the Certified Administrators of
Insolvency Proceedings of Latvia] (hereinafter - the Association
of Administrators). The Association of Administrators shall
comprise all administrators of Latvia according to the principle
of professional activities.
(2) The Association of Administrators shall notify the
Insolvency Control Service if it has information at its disposal
which may constitute grounds for the initiation of a disciplinary
matter against the administrator.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 15. Training of
Administrator Applicants
(1) A precondition for taking the examination of an
administrator shall be the attendance of a training course and a
relevant certificate issued by the organiser of the training
course. The certificate attesting the attendance of the training
course shall be valid for two years after the issue thereof.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the minimum content and scope
of the training course, and also the information to be included
in the certificate attesting the attendance of the training
course.
[22 December 2016]
Section 16. Certification and
Re-Certification of the Administrator
[22 December 2016]
Section 16.1 Examining of
the Administrator
(1) A person who wishes to hold the office of the
administrator shall be examined by the Examination Commission
appointed by the Minister for Justice. The Examination Commission
shall consist of one representative from each of the following
institutions: the Ministry of Justice, the Insolvency Control
Service, academic staff of higher education institutions, and the
Association of Administrators. The Examination Commission shall
also include a judge of a district (city) court specified by the
Judicial Council and a representative of a non-governmental
organisation delegated by the Insolvency Advisory Board.
(11) The Insolvency Advisory Board shall decide to
organise an examination of the administrator at the proposal of a
member of the supervisory board or the Director of the Insolvency
Control Service.
(2) The examination of the administrator may be taken by the
following persons:
1) who meet the requirements of Section 13, Paragraph one,
Clauses 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 of this Law;
2) to whom the restrictions specified in Section 13, Paragraph
two of this Law do not apply;
3) who have received a certificate attesting the attendance of
the training course;
4) who have paid the examination fee into the account of the
Insolvency Control Service.
(3) If the Insolvency Control Service establishes or receives
information on the non-conformity of the person with the
requirements of Section 13, Paragraph one, Clause 6 of this Law,
the relevant issue shall be examined and decided by the
Examination Commission.
(4) The Examination Commission shall also conduct a regular
qualification examination of the administrator (hereinafter - the
qualification examination).
(5) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for examining
the administrator, the minimum volume of knowledge, the
examination fee, and the procedures by which the Examination
Commission shall operate.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 2 September 2021]
Section 16.2
Qualification Examination of the Administrator
(1) After appointing to the office, the administrator shall,
every five years counting from the day of his or her appointing
to the office or from the day of passing the previous
qualification examination (hereinafter - the qualifying period),
take the qualification examination.
(11) A representative of the Association of
Administrators included in the composition of the Examination
Commission shall be released from taking the qualification
examination if he or she has been part of the composition of the
Examination Commission continuously for at least five years prior
to the day when a submission is submitted to the Insolvency
Control Service for the extension of the validity period of an
office certificate, and this representative confirms that he or
she has attended qualification improvement activities in the
amount referred to in Paragraph two of this Section.
(2) A precondition for taking the qualification examination
shall be the attendance of the qualification improvement
activities in the amount of 80 academic hours during the period
of validity of the current certificate until the moment when a
submission for the application for the qualification examination
is submitted.
(3) In the qualification examination, the Examination
Commission shall examine the theoretical knowledge of the
administrator which is necessary for the fulfilment of the duties
of office of the administrator, and also the ability to apply
this knowledge.
(4) If, during organisation of the qualification examination,
the official activities of the administrator have been suspended
or the administrator has been suspended from the performance of
official activities, the administrator has the right to take the
regular qualification examination. After passing of the
qualification examination and the decision taken by the Director
of the Insolvency Control Service to reinstate the administrator
in office, the administrator is entitled to resume the fulfilment
of his or her official duties. The Director of the Insolvency
Control Service shall, on the basis of a reasoned submission of
the administrator, take the decision to extend the time limit for
taking the qualification examination until the next time when the
qualification examination is organised after expiry of the time
limit for the suspension of official activities of the
administrator or the suspension thereof from the office. In such
case, the official activities of the administrator shall be
reinstated after passing of the qualification examination on the
basis of a decision of the Director of the Insolvency Control
Service and by stipulating that the start date of the validity
period of the office certificate is the date on which the
qualification examination took place which the administrator had
an obligation to take in accordance with the qualifying period
specified in Paragraph one of this Section.
(5) The qualification examination shall be organised and the
course thereof shall be ensured by the Insolvency Control
Service, taking account of the qualifying period specified in
Paragraph one of this Section. The Insolvency Control Service
may, once a year, organise an additional qualification
examination if the day of the next planned qualification
examination is more than one year and six months away from the
expiry of the time limit for the suspension of official
activities of the administrator or the suspension thereof from
the office, and the time limit for taking the qualification
examination has been extended for the administrator in accordance
with Paragraph four of this Section.
(6) The Cabinet shall determine the qualification examination
fee, the qualification examination procedures, the areas in which
the knowledge and skills of the administrator are examined, and
also the evaluation procedures and the procedures for issuing a
certificate.
(7) The administrator who fails to pass the regular
qualification examination shall take a repeated qualification
examination the next time the qualification examination is
organised. In such case the Director of the Insolvency Control
Service shall, on the basis of a submission of the administrator,
take the decision to extend the time limit for taking the
qualification examination of the administrator until the next
time the qualification examination is organised, and the
administrator has the right to fulfil the obligations of the
administrator on the basis of the issued certificate of the
office.
(8) The administrator who has not been able to take the
qualification examination for objective reasons shall take the
qualification examination the next time the qualification
examination is organised. In such, case the Director of the
Insolvency Control Service shall, on the basis of a motivated
submission of the administrator, take the decision to extend the
time limit for taking the qualification examination of the
administrator until the next time the qualification examination
is organised, and the administrator has the right to fulfil the
obligations of the administrator on the basis of the issued
certificate of the office. The administrator who has not been
able to take the qualification examination for objective reasons
has the right to ask for extension of the time limit for taking
the qualification examination once during the qualifying
period.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 2 September 2021]
Section 17. Suspension and
Termination of the Operation of the Administrator's Certificate
and Its Annulment
[22 December 2016]
Section 17.1 Release from
the Office of the Administrator
(1) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall
release the administrator from the office upon his or her
request.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for releasing
the administrator.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 17.2 Removal from
the Office of the Administrator
(1) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall
remove the administrator from the office by a decision in the
following cases:
1) the administrator has been convicted of an intentional
criminal offence;
2) trusteeship has been established for the administrator by a
court judgement;
3) insolvency proceedings of a natural person have been
proclaimed for the administrator;
4) the administrator has not taken the qualification
examination unjustifiably or has received a negative evaluation
in taking a repeated qualification examination;
5) the court has removed the administrator from the fulfilment
of the obligations in insolvency proceedings on the basis of
Section 22, Paragraph two, Clause 7 of this Law;
6) over the last two years of official activities of the
administrator a court has removed the administrator from the
fulfilment of obligations in insolvency proceedings of a legal
person or insolvency proceedings of a natural person twice due to
violations of laws and regulations;
7) on the basis of a decision of the Commission of
Disciplinary Matters on a proposal to remove the administrator
from the office;
8) the administrator fails to pay the fine imposed on him or
her in accordance with Section 31.7, Paragraph one,
Clause 1 or 2 within the time limit specified in Section
31.7, Paragraph five of this Law;
9) in the event of the death of the administrator;
10) the decision of the competent authority has entered into
effect to hold the administrator administratively liable by
imposing an administrative penalty - deprivation of the right to
hold any office in a commercial company;
11) any of the restrictions specified in Section 13, Paragraph
two of this Law has been established;
12) the sanction of discontinuation of activity referred to in
Section 78, Paragraph one, Clause 4 of the Law on the Prevention
of Money Laundering and Terrorism and Proliferation Financing has
been imposed on the administrator.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for removing
the administrator from the office.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 2 September 2021]
Section 17.3 Suspension
from the Fulfilment of Official Activities of the
Administrator
(1) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service may suspend
the administrator from the performance of official activities
if:
1) the administrator is a suspect or accused in a criminal
case and non-suspension thereof may be harmful to the interests
of the State or substantiated interests of third persons in the
area of insolvency;
2) a disciplinary matter has been initiated against the
administrator and non-suspension of the administrator may be
harmful to the substantiated interests of the State or third
persons;
3) the Commission of Disciplinary Matters has suggested that
the Director of the Insolvency Control Service suspends the
administrator from the office;
4) the sanction of suspension of activity referred to in
Section 78, Paragraph one, Clause 4 of the Law on the Prevention
of Money Laundering and Terrorism and Proliferation Financing has
been imposed on the administrator.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for suspending
the administrator.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 2 September 2021]
Section 17.4 Suspension
of Official Activities of the Administrator
(1) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall, on
the basis of a submission of the administrator, take the decision
to suspend temporarily official activities of the administrator
while the administrator is in the service of a direct or indirect
State administration institution, a derived public entity,
another State institution or State (local government) capital
company, or for the period of prolonged illness, pregnancy,
maternity leave or child-care leave of the administrator, and
also upon substantiated request of the administrator in other
cases.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for suspending
official activities of the administrator.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 18. Publicity of the
Activities of the Administrator
(1) The responsible authority shall enter the following
information on the administrator in the Insolvency Register:
1) the given name and surname of the administrator;
2) the number of the office certificate of the
administrator;
3) the date of issue and validity period of the certificate of
the administrator office;
4) the address of the place of practice of the administrator
in Latvia;
5) the telephone number of the administrator;
6) the electronic mail address of the administrator;
7) the date from which the administrator, in accordance with
this Law or other laws and regulations, has been restricted in
his or her fulfilment of the duties of an administrator (the
official activities of the administrator have been suspended, the
administrator has been suspended from the office, the decision
has been taken within the scope of criminal proceedings to apply
a procedural compulsory measure - a prohibition from specific
employment - which imposes a restriction on the performance of
the duties of the office of the administrator, or the case
referred to in Section 16.2, Paragraph four of this
Law has set in - the term of the suspension of the official
activities of the administrator has expired or the circumstances
which were the basis for the suspension of the administrator from
the office no longer exist and the administrator has not yet
taken the qualification examination the next time it is
organised);
71) the date from which the administrator has been
released or removed from the office;
72) the date from which the right of the
administrator to fulfil the duties of office of the administrator
have been restored;
8) the date of the making of the entry.
(2) The Insolvency Control Service shall ensure that the
information referred to in Paragraph one, Clauses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, and 7 of this Law would be available to the responsible
institution which makes entries in the Insolvency Register, and
also maintain registers of the administrators appointed, removed,
released, and suspended from the office and of the administrators
whose activities have been suspended.
[18 December 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Chapter III
Appointment and Removal of the Administrator in Insolvency
Proceedings of a Legal or Natural Person
[22 December 2016]
Section 19. Appointment of the
Administrator in Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person and
Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) A court shall appoint the administrator in insolvency
proceedings of a legal person and insolvency proceedings of a
natural person in accordance with the procedures laid down in
this Law and the Civil Procedure Law.
(11) A candidate for the office of the
administrator for the appointing in specific insolvency
proceedings of a legal person and natural person shall be
selected from a list of candidates for the office of
administrators maintained in the System of the Insolvency Control
Service (hereinafter - the List of Candidates), using the
automated selection provided by the Court Information System.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for compiling
the List of Candidates in the System, the characteristics by
which the administrator is included on the List of Candidates,
and the procedures for selecting a candidate for the office of
the administrator, using automated selection provided by the
Court Information System.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018 /
Paragraph 1.1 and the new wording of Paragraph two
shall come into force on 1 January 2019. See Paragraph 64 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 20. Restrictions on the
Fulfilment of Administrator's Duties
(1) The administrator may not assume and fulfil the duties of
the administrator in specific insolvency proceedings in the
following cases:
1) [22 December 2016];
11) the administrator has been released, removed,
or suspended from the office;
12) the official activities of the administrator
have been suspended;
13) the decision has been taken with regard to the
administrator within the framework of criminal proceedings to
apply a procedural compulsory measure - a prohibition from
specific employment - which imposes a restriction to fulfil the
duties of office of the administrator;
2) the administrator is a suspect or accused in criminal
proceedings related to his or her actions in specific insolvency
proceedings of a legal person or insolvency proceedings of a
natural person;
3) the administrator is recognised to be an interested party
with respect to the debtor in accordance with the provisions of
this Law;
4) [22 December 2016];
5) the administrator has been in employment relationship with
the debtor during the last five years prior to the day of the
proclamation of the relevant insolvency proceedings;
6) the debtor has the right to claim against the administrator
or the administrator has the right to claim against the debtor
and the administrator or debtor has not specifically refused such
a right;
7) the administrator has a personal interest in the case of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person or in the case of
insolvency proceedings of a natural person or there are other
circumstances which cause reasonable doubt as to his or her
impartiality;
8) the administrator performs activities related to the duties
of the administrator in insolvency proceedings of a legal person
or insolvency proceedings of a natural person in which he or she,
his or her spouse, or persons who are in a kinship or affinity
relationship with the administrator up to the second degree, or
his or her business partners are or might be personally or
financially interested;
9) the administrator performs activities related to the duties
of the administrator with regard to a creditor or debtor whose
shareholder, stockholder, member, or member of a supervisory,
control or executive body happens to be he or she himself or
herself, his or her spouse or persons who are in a kinship or
affinity relationship with the administrator up to the second
degree;
10) over the last two years prior to his or her appointment to
specific insolvency proceedings, the administrator has decided on
the claims of the debtor in other insolvency proceedings of a
legal person or insolvency proceedings of a natural person in
which the administrator fulfilled duties of the
administrator;
11) the administrator has already fulfilled the duties of the
administrator in insolvency proceedings of this debtor;
12) the administrator is unable to objectively ensure the
conduct of the proceedings due to their complexity or
cross-border element.
(2) If any of the cases referred to in Paragraph one of this
Section applies to the administrator, he or she shall immediately
inform the court and the Insolvency Control Service thereof.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 21. Exceptions to the
Restrictions on the Fulfilment of the Duties of the
Administrator
(1) The provisions of Section 20 of this Law shall not be
applicable if the administrator is a recipient of goods or
services in a business relationship within the framework of
regular economic activity of the business partner, there is no
dispute about the transaction and the administrator does not
enjoy any particular advantage in the transaction.
(2) The administrator shall immediately inform all creditors
and the Insolvency Control Service of his or her business
partners and substantiate the fact that the restrictions
specified in Section 20 of this Law are not applicable to him or
her.
(3) It shall be permitted for the administrator to cover the
costs of insolvency proceedings in accordance with the procedures
laid down in this Law.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 22. Removal of the
Administrator from Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person or
Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) A court shall remove the administrator upon its own
initiative, upon an application of the Insolvency Control Service
or the administrator, or upon proposal of the creditors'
meeting.
(2) The administrator shall be removed if:
1) the restrictions specified in Section 20 of this Law apply
in respect thereto;
2) he or she does not comply with the requirements of the laws
and regulations governing insolvency;
3) he or she does not comply with the court ruling;
4) he or she fails to fulfil the legal obligation imposed by
the Insolvency Control Service;
5) he or she has withdrawn from insolvency proceedings of a
legal person or insolvency proceedings of a natural person
(Section 23);
6) the creditors' meeting has proposed the removal of the
administrator from the specific insolvency proceedings of a legal
person or insolvency proceedings of a natural person, if the
administrator has not ensured efficient conduct of insolvency
proceedings;
7) he or she uses his or her powers in bad faith;
8) [22 December 2016];
81) the administrator has been released, removed,
or suspended from the office or his or her professional
activities have been suspended.
(3) If violations have been established in the activities of
the administrator, the administrator shall only be removed from
such insolvency proceedings of a legal person or insolvency
proceedings of a natural person in which the violations have been
established.
(4) If the administrator has been released, removed, or
suspended, the Insolvency Control Service shall submit an
application to the court for the removal of the administrator
from all insolvency proceedings of a legal person or insolvency
proceedings of a natural person to which he or she has been
appointed.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 23. Resignation of the
Administrator from Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person or
Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) The administrator has the right to resign from insolvency
proceedings of a legal person or insolvency proceedings of a
natural person at any time if he or she is unable to fulfil the
duties of the administrator due to objective circumstances.
(2) When resigning from insolvency proceedings of a legal
person or insolvency proceedings of a natural person, the
administrator shall submit a justified application to the court
for the resignation accompanied by his or her operational report,
and also a draft deed of delivery and acceptance of documents and
property, concurrently informing the Insolvency Control Service
thereof.
(3) The administrator shall resign from insolvency proceedings
of a legal person or insolvency proceedings of a natural person
if the restrictions specified in Section 20 of this Law apply
thereto.
(31) The administrator shall submit an application
to the court for the resignation from all insolvency proceedings
of a legal person and insolvency proceedings of a natural person
to which he or she has been appointed if official activities of
the administrator have been suspended.
(4) When resigning from insolvency proceedings of a legal
person or insolvency proceedings of a natural person, the
administrator shall comply with the provisions of Section 24 of
this Law regarding the change of administrators.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 24. Change of
Administrators
(1) If the administrator is removed from insolvency
proceedings of a legal person or insolvency proceedings of a
natural person, another administrator shall be appointed in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 19 of this
Law.
(2) If the previous administrator resigns or is removed from
insolvency proceedings of a legal person or insolvency
proceedings of a natural person, the previous administrator
shall, within the time limit specified by the court that may not
exceed 10 days, draw up a deed of delivery and acceptance of
documents and property which shall be signed by the previous
administrator and the new administrator. A review of the
activities of the previous administrator shall be appended to the
deed of property delivery and acceptance.
(3) Until the appointment of a new administrator, the previous
administrator shall continue to fulfil the duties thereof. After
a new administrator is appointed, the previous administrator
shall, in accordance with the procedures laid down in law, be
responsible for handing over the debtor's documents and property
to the new administrator according to the deed of delivery and
acceptance of documents and property.
(4) If the drawing up of a deed of delivery and acceptance of
documents and property and a review of activities is not
objectively possible, the new administrator shall, when
commencing the fulfilment of duties, draw up a report on the
actual situation and notify the creditors thereof in accordance
with the procedures laid down in this Law.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016]
Section 25. Expiration of the Duties
of the Administrator in Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
or Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
The duties of the administrator shall end:
1) if the administrator is removed from insolvency proceedings
of a legal person or insolvency proceedings of a natural
person;
2) [22 December 2016];
3) if insolvency proceedings of a legal person are being
terminated;
4) if insolvency proceedings of a natural person are being
terminated;
5) [22 December 2016];
6) if the administrator is released, removed, or suspended
from the office or his or her professional activities are
suspended.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016]
Chapter IV
General Provisions for the Activity of the Administrator
Section 26. General Duties of the
Administrator
(1) Upon appointment of the administrator to the office, the
administrator shall:
1) register with the State Revenue Service as a taxpayer;
2) declare one place of practice with the State Revenue
Service and notify the Insolvency Control Service thereof.
(2) The administrator shall ensure efficient and lawful
conduct of insolvency proceedings of a legal person and
insolvency proceedings of a natural person, and achievement of
the objectives thereof.
(21) The administrator shall use the System when
exercising the rights granted in the law and fulfilling the
duties specified in the law.
(3) The administrator has the following duties:
1) to participate in court hearings in cases of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person and insolvency proceedings of a
natural person;
2) to provide information on the insolvency proceedings of a
legal person and insolvency proceedings of a natural person to
the court, creditors, the Insolvency Control Service, and other
persons and authorities specified in laws and regulations;
3) to notify the Insolvency Control Service of any change in
his or her place of practice, electronic mail address, given name
or surname within five days;
4) to cooperate with the authorised persons and authorities
that, in accordance with laws and regulations of other countries,
have the right to implement their powers in insolvency
proceedings of a legal person or insolvency proceedings of a
natural person;
5) upon request of the Insolvency Control Service, to provide
his or her operational report, documents and information on the
insolvency proceedings of a legal person or insolvency
proceedings of a natural person in which the administrator has
fulfilled or is fulfilling his or her duties;
6) if the activities of a financial market participant are
supervised by Latvijas Banka in accordance with the requirements
of laws and regulations, upon request thereof, to provide
Latvijas Banka with information or a report on the insolvency
proceedings of the abovementioned financial market participant or
a legal person;
7) to examine complaints about the specific insolvency
proceedings of a legal person or insolvency proceedings of a
natural person, and provide a reply to the submitter of the
complaint within two weeks;
8) to provide reports and materials to law enforcement
authorities regarding the facts established in insolvency
proceedings of a legal person or insolvency proceedings of a
natural person which may form the grounds for initiation of
criminal proceedings;
9) to ensure access to the place of practice of the
administrator in Latvia recorded in the Insolvency Register and
to the location of the debtor - a legal person - when the
Insolvency Control Service is performing the procedural actions
referred to in Section 174.2, Paragraph one, Clause 9
of this Law;
10) to register and grant the right of access to users of data
dissemination website of the System in the cases and in
accordance with the procedures stipulated by the Cabinet.
(4) The administrator shall ensure that he or she may be
reached at the address of the place of practice, using the
contact information indicated, and also the receipt of
correspondence addressed thereto.
(5) During insolvency proceedings of a legal person, the
administrator shall organise the accounting of the debtor in
accordance with the requirements of laws and regulations. If the
Law on Annual Statements and Consolidated Annual Statements is
applicable to the debtor, the administrator shall submit to the
State Revenue Service a true copy of the annual statement and
sworn auditor's report (where required) only in the cases when
the administrator has taken the decision to continue the economic
activity of the debtor to full or limited extent.
(6) The administrator shall, at his or her place of practice
or location of the debtor, keep a file of insolvency proceedings
of a legal person and insolvency proceedings of a natural person
and include therein all the information and documents related to
insolvency proceedings of a legal person and insolvency
proceedings of a natural person, and also compile a list of
documents in the file of the relevant proceedings.
(7) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for keeping
records of insolvency proceedings of a legal person and
insolvency proceedings of a natural person.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 15 June
2021; 16 March 2023]
Section 26.1
Record-keeping and Accounts of Income and Expenditures of the
Administrator
(1) The administrator shall keep records at his or her place
of practice, and also accounts of income and expenditures thereof
resulting from the fulfilment of the duties of office of the
administrator.
(2) Income from the fulfilment of the duties of office of the
administrator shall consist of the remuneration to the
administrator for the fulfilment of the duties in insolvency
proceedings of a legal person and insolvency proceedings of a
natural person.
(3) Expenditures of the administrator shall consist of the
expenditures related to the maintenance of the place of practice
and other payments specified in this Law and other laws.
(4) The Cabinet shall determine the nomenclature of files of
the administrator and time limits for the storage thereof, and
also the procedures for keeping records.
[22 December 2016]
Section 27. General Rights of the
Administrator
(1) The administrator has the following rights:
1) to request and receive from the debtor and representatives
thereof the information necessary in insolvency proceedings of a
legal person or insolvency proceedings of a natural person;
2) to request and receive from State and local government
authorities, free of charge, the information at the disposal
thereof on the debtor and representatives thereof necessary in
insolvency proceedings of a legal person or insolvency
proceedings of a natural person, including through the
System;
3) to request and receive from other competent persons and
authorities the information at the disposal thereof which is
related to the insolvency proceedings of a legal person and
insolvency proceedings of a natural person, including through the
System;
4) to become acquainted with the financial situation and all
the documents of the debtor, and also to request and receive all
the documents;
5) to hand over debtor's documents to the State archives for
storage free of charge.
(2) The administrator in respect of whom the procedural
actions referred to in Section 174.2, Paragraph one,
Clause 9 of this Law are performed has the following rights:
1) to be present at the time of performance of procedural
actions, make comments and requests;
2) to suggest that the status of restricted access information
is determined with regard to the information or any part thereof
to be provided;
3) to become acquainted with the minutes of the procedural
action and the documents appended thereto, to recommend
corrections and additions;
4) within a month after signing of the minutes of the
procedural action referred to in Section 174.3 of this
Law, submit a complaint to the director of the Insolvency Control
Service regarding the actions of an official of the Insolvency
Control Service.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 15 June 2021 /
Clause 5 of Paragraph one shall come into force on 1 January
2022. See Paragraph 72 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 28. Authorisation of the
Administrator
(1) The administrator has the right to authorise another
administrator to fulfil the duties of the administrator, within
the scope of one calendar year for a period not exceeding 60
days, in conformity with the restrictions specified in Section 20
of this Law.
(2) The administrator shall prepare the authorisation
specified in Paragraph one of this Section and submit it to the
Insolvency Control Service, using the System.
[31 May 2018 / The new wording of Paragraph two shall come
into force on 1 January 2019. See Paragraph 62 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 29. Liability of the
Administrator
(1) The administrator shall be liable for the losses caused to
the State, a debtor, creditors, or other persons due to the fault
of the administrator or an authorised representative thereof.
(2) The administrator shall not be liable for the actions of a
debtor and previous administrator and transactions concluded
prior to his or her commencement of fulfilling the duties of an
administrator.
Section 30. Bringing an Action
Against the Administrator
(1) Actions may be brought against the administrator before a
court not later than within one year after termination of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person or insolvency
proceedings of a natural person.
(2) If the administrator has caused, through his or her
actions, losses to the State, debtor, creditors, or other
persons, and such is determined through a court judgment in a
criminal case, the general limitation period regarding actions is
applicable to actions brought against the administrator.
(3) A creditor or creditors who represent at least 10 per cent
of the total recognised amount of the principal debt of the
non-secured creditors may bring an action against the
administrator in favour of all debtors, if the administrator has
caused losses to the debtor through his or her actions.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016]
Section 31. Security of the
Administrator
(1) The administrator shall have security as provided for by
this Law for those cases where he or she causes losses to the
State, debtor, creditors or other person with their actions. The
security of the administrator is the civil liability insurance of
their activities.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for civil
liability insurance of the administrator, and also the minimum
insurance amount.
Chapter
IV.1
Disciplinary Liability of the Supervisory
Person of Legal Protection Proceedings and the Administrator
[22 December 2016]
Section 31.1 Initiation
of a Disciplinary Matter
(1) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service may
initiate a disciplinary matter against the supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings and the administrator upon proposal
of a judge or a prosecutor, or the Association of Administrators
or upon his or her own initiative.
(2) A disciplinary matter may be initiated against the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings and the
administrator regarding the following:
1) a substantial violation of laws and regulations;
2) a substantial violation of the rules of professional
ethics;
3) systematic violations of laws and regulations if they have
been established by the Insolvency Control Service in accordance
with the procedures laid down in this Law;
4) abuse of power if it has been established by the Insolvency
Control Service in accordance with the procedures laid down in
this Law;
5) losses caused to the State, debtor, or creditors if the
amount of losses exceeds 20 minimum monthly wages, and it has
been established by a court ruling which has entered into
effect.
(21) If criminal proceedings or administrative
offence proceedings have been initiated, or a complaint is
examined before a court within the framework of legal protection
proceedings, insolvency proceedings of a legal person, or
insolvency proceedings of a natural person and this complaint
concerns the same offence which forms the grounds for the
initiation of a disciplinary matter, the issue regarding deciding
on initiation of the disciplinary matter may be postponed but if
the disciplinary matter has been initiated, the examination
thereof may be suspended until the moment when a final ruling
enters into effect in the relevant criminal proceedings or
administrative offence proceedings, or a decision enters into
effect under which the court has examined the complaint within
the framework of a case of legal protection proceedings,
insolvency proceedings of a legal person, or insolvency
proceedings of a natural person.
(22) In the case referred to in Paragraph
2.1 of this Section, the decision to initiate a
disciplinary matter shall be taken or examination of a
disciplinary matter shall be renewed within one month from the
day when the Insolvency Control Service has received the final
ruling which has entered into effect in the relevant criminal
proceedings or administrative offence proceedings or the decision
which has entered into effect and under which the court has
examined the complaint within the framework of a case of legal
protection proceedings, insolvency proceedings of a legal person,
or insolvency proceedings of a natural person.
(3) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for initiating
a disciplinary matter against the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings and the administrator.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 31.2 Removal of
the Supervisory Person of Legal Protection Proceedings from the
Proceedings in Relation to Examination of a Disciplinary
Matter
If during examination of a disciplinary matter the Commission
of Disciplinary Matters establishes that a violation for the
elements of which in activities of the supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings a disciplinary matter has been
initiated is not compatible with the fulfilment of the
obligations of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings, the Commission of Disciplinary Matters may ask the
Director of the Insolvency Control Service to submit the
application to the court for the removal of the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings from specific legal
protection proceedings or all legal protection proceedings to
which he or she has been appointed.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 31.3 Suspension
of the Administrator from the Fulfilment of Official Duties until
Examination of a Disciplinary Matter
(1) If during examination of a disciplinary matter the
Commission of Disciplinary Matters establishes that a violation
for the elements of which in activities of the administrator a
disciplinary matter has been initiated is not compatible with the
fulfilment of official duties of the administrator, the
Commission of Disciplinary Matters may ask the Director of the
Insolvency Control Service to suspend the administrator from the
office until examination of the matter.
(2) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall,
within two weeks from the day when the decision to propose the
suspension of the administrator from the office has been received
from the Commission of Disciplinary Matters, take the decision to
suspend the administrator from the office.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 31.4 Commission
of Disciplinary Matters
(1) The Commission of Disciplinary Matters shall examine a
disciplinary matter against the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings and the administrator and impose a
disciplinary punishment on the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings and the administrator.
(2) The composition of the Commission of Disciplinary Matters
which is approved by the Minister for Justice shall include:
1) one representative of the Ministry of Justice;
2) two representatives of the Insolvency Control Service;
3) one judge of the Supreme Court assigned by the Chief
Justice of the Supreme Court;
4) one representative of the Association of
Administrators.
(3) The Chair of the Commission of Disciplinary Matters shall
be a representative of the Ministry of Justice.
(4) The composition of the Commission of Disciplinary Matters
shall be approved for three years.
(5) The Insolvency Control Service shall ensure and organise
the work of the Commission of Disciplinary Matters.
(6) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for the
operation of the Commission of Disciplinary Matters and the
procedures for examining a disciplinary matter.
(7) The Commission of Disciplinary Matters shall develop and
adopt the code of professional ethics for supervisory persons of
legal protection proceedings and administrators.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 31.5 Rights of
the Commission of Disciplinary Matters
When examining disciplinary matters, the Commission of
Disciplinary Matters has the right:
1) to listen to explanations of other persons and request
opinions of experts, request information and documents from State
and local government authorities, and also from other legal
persons governed by private law and officials thereof;
2) to ask the Insolvency Control Service to perform an
inspection of activities of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings or the administrator.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 31.6 Decision of
the Commission of Disciplinary Matters
(1) The Commission of Disciplinary Matters shall take the
following decision within one month from the initiation of a
disciplinary matter:
1) to impose one of the disciplinary punishments provided for
in Section 31.7, Paragraph one, Clauses 1 and 2 of
this Law upon the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings and the administrator;
2) to suggest the Director of the Insolvency Control Service
to remove the administrator from the office;
3) [31 May 2018];
4) to suggest the Director of the Insolvency Control Service
to remove the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
from the specific legal protection proceedings or all legal
protection proceedings to which it has been appointed;
5) to dismiss the disciplinary matter;
6) not to impose a disciplinary punishment and to send a
decision to the Insolvency Control Service in order for it to
explain to the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
or the administrator the incorrectness of his or her action.
(11) If the time limit specified in Paragraph one
of this Section cannot be complied with due to objective reasons,
the Commission of Disciplinary Matters may extend the time limit
for taking a decision for up to three months from the day of
initiation of a disciplinary matter. The decision to extend the
time limit shall not be subject to appeal.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures by which the
Commission of Disciplinary Matters shall take a decision.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 31.7 Disciplinary
Punishments and Imposition Thereof
(1) One of the following disciplinary punishments shall be
imposed on the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
and the administrator:
1) a reproof, with or without applying a fine of up to EUR
150;
2) a reprimand, with or without applying a fine from EUR 150
to 15 000;
3) a removal from the office of the administrator.
(2) The Commission of Disciplinary Matters shall impose the
disciplinary punishment specified in Paragraph one, Clauses 1 and
2 of this Section.
(3) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall
impose the disciplinary punishment specified in Paragraph one,
Clause 3 of this Section on the basis of the decision of the
Commission of Disciplinary Matters to propose the removal of the
administrator from the office.
(4) The Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall,
within two weeks from the day when the decision to propose the
removal of the administrator from the office has been received
from the Commission of Disciplinary Matters, take the decision to
impose the disciplinary punishment - removal from the office - on
the administrator.
(5) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings and
the administrator on whom the disciplinary punishment provided
for in Paragraph one, Clause 1 or 2 of this Section has been
imposed has an obligation to pay the fine into the State basic
budget within three months from the day of taking the
decision.
(6) The Commission of Disciplinary Matters may, upon a
reasoned request of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings or the administrator, take the decision to suspend
the payment of the imposed fine until a specific time limit or to
divide it in periods with regard to the supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings or the administrator on whom the
disciplinary punishment specified in Paragraph one, Clause 1 or 2
of this Section has been imposed.
(7) If the administrator fails to respect the disciplinary
punishment referred to in Paragraph one, Clause 1 or 2 of this
Section imposed on him or her, the Director of the Insolvency
Control Service shall decide to remove him or her from the
office.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 31.8 Limitation
Period of a Disciplinary Matter
(1) A disciplinary matter shall not be initiated and a
disciplinary punishment shall not be imposed if two years have
passed from the day of discontinuation of a violation.
(2) If a disciplinary matter has not been initiated on the
basis of the fact that the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings has been removed from the proceedings or the
administrator has been released from office, it may be initiated
if the relevant person is appointed to the office of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings or the
administrator, unless two years have passed from the day when a
possible disciplinary offence has been established.
(3) If a disciplinary matter has been terminated on the basis
of the fact that the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings has been removed from the proceedings or the
administrator has been released from office, the terminated
disciplinary matter shall be renewed if the relevant person is
appointed to the office of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings or of the administrator, unless two years
have passed from the day when the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings has been removed from the proceedings or
the administrator has been released from office.
(4) In the case referred to in Paragraphs two and three of
this Section the limitation period referred to in Paragraph one
of this Section shall not include the time from the day when the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has been
removed from the proceedings or the administrator has been
released from office until the day when the relevant person is
appointed to the office of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings or of the administrator but not exceeding
five years from the day when a possible disciplinary offence has
been established.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 31.9 Appeal of a
Decision of the Commission of Disciplinary Matters
The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings or the
administrator who has been subject to a disciplinary punishment
may appeal the decision of the Commission of Disciplinary Matters
to impose a disciplinary punishment to the District
Administrative Court within 30 days from the day of the
notification of the decision.
[22 December 2016]
Section 31.10 Time Limit
after which a Person is Considered not to be Subject to a
Disciplinary Punishment
If during two years from the day of imposing a disciplinary
punishment it has not been established that the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings or the administrator who
had been subject to a disciplinary punishment has committed a new
disciplinary offence, the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings or the administrator shall be recognised as not to be
subject to a disciplinary punishment.
[31 May 2018]
Division B
Legal Protection Proceedings
Chapter V
General Provisions of Legal Protection Proceedings
Section 32. Subjects of Legal
Protection Proceedings
(1) Legal protection proceedings shall be applicable to legal
persons, partnerships, sole proprietorships, persons registered
in a foreign country who perform permanent economic activity in
Latvia, and to the producers of agricultural products
(hereinafter in this Division - the debtor).
(2) In legal protection proceedings, the producer of
agricultural products shall mean a legal person from whose annual
income more than 50 per cent on the day of the submission of the
application for legal protection proceedings is formed by the
revenues from the production and processing of agricultural
products. Within the meaning of this Law, the production and
processing of agricultural products shall be that which is
specified in Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 28 January 2002 laying down the
general principles and requirements of food law, establishing the
European Food Safety Authority and laying down procedures in
matters of food safety.
(3) Legal protection proceedings shall not be applicable to
the following financial market participants: an insurance
company, an insurance brokerage company, a regulated market
organiser, an investment firm, a depository, an alternative
investment fund company, an investment management company, a
savings and loan association, a credit institution, and a private
pension fund.
[9 July 2013; 16 March 2023]
Section 33. Application for Legal
Protection Proceedings and Initiation of a Case of Legal
Protection Proceedings
(1) The debtor shall submit the application for legal
protection proceedings to court in accordance with the procedures
laid down in the Civil Procedure Law.
(11) If the application for legal protection
proceedings is re-submitted within one year, lodging of the
deposit specified in Section 62, Paragraph one of this Law shall
be a precondition for the submission of such application. The
debtor may agree that the deposit specified in Section 62,
Paragraph one of this Law shall be lodged by the creditor or
creditors.
(2) A case of legal protection proceedings shall be initiated
in accordance with the procedures laid down in the Civil
Procedure Law.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018 / See Paragraph 58
of Transitional Provisions]
Section 34. Restrictions on the
Initiation of a Case of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) A case of legal protection proceedings may not be
initiated if:
1) the liquidation of the debtor has been commenced in
accordance with the procedures laid down in laws and
regulations;
2) the debtor has had legal protection proceedings
implemented, and terminated in accordance with Section 51,
Paragraph four of this Law during the preceding five years;
3) the debtor has had legal protection proceedings
implemented, and terminated in accordance with Section 51,
Paragraph one of this Law during the preceding four months.
(2) The provision of Paragraph one, Clause 2 of this Section
shall not be applicable if insolvency proceedings of a legal
person have been proclaimed for the debtor and the application
for legal protection proceedings has been submitted.
Section 35. Appointing of the
Administrator to Legal Protection Proceedings
[22 December 2016]
Section 35.1 Appointing
of the Supervisory Person of Legal Protection Proceedings to
Specific Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall be appointed:
1) after initiating the case of legal protection proceedings
until examination of the application for legal protection
proceedings;
2) for the monitoring of the implementation of the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings if the debtor is
requesting an approval of the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings in accordance with the procedures laid
down in Section 42, Paragraph 3.1 of this Law.
(2) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings may
be appointed for the monitoring of the implementation of the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings:
1) upon request of the debtor;
2) upon request of the majority of creditors specified in
Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law.
(3) A candidate for the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall be recommended by:
1) the debtor - in the cases referred to in Paragraph one and
Paragraph two, Clause 1 of this Section upon agreement thereon
with the candidate for the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings;
2) the majority of creditors specified in Section 42,
Paragraph three of this Law - in the case referred to in
Paragraph two, Clause 2 of this Section upon agreement thereon
with the candidate for the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings and the debtor.
(4) The creditor or creditors whose claims constitute at least
one per cent of the total amount of the claims of all creditors
are entitled to request that the debtor convenes a creditors'
meeting for taking the decision to request the appointment of a
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings for the
monitoring of the implementation of the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings, the selection of the candidate for the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings, and the
determination of the amount of the remuneration of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings. The debtor
shall convene a creditors' meeting, choosing one of the types of
course of a creditors' meeting referred to in Section 86,
Paragraph 2.2 of this Law.
(5) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
the right to withdraw from the specific legal protection
proceedings at any moment. The supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings shall submit the application for
withdrawal from the specific legal protection proceedings to the
court in which the relevant case of legal protection proceedings
has been initiated, concurrently notifying the debtor and
creditors thereof.
(6) If the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
has submitted to a court the application for withdrawal from the
specific legal protection proceedings, a new candidate for the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings shall be
recommended to the court by the debtor in conformity with
Paragraphs one, two, and three of this Section upon agreement
thereon with the candidate for the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings or by the majority of creditors specified
in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law upon agreement thereon
with the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings and
the debtor. Accordingly, the debtor or an authorised
representative of the majority of creditors specified in Section
42, Paragraph three of this Law shall submit to the court the
application for the approval of a new candidate for the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings in the
specific legal protection proceedings within 15 days from the day
when the application for the withdrawal of the supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings has been submitted to the
court.
(7) In conformity with Paragraphs one, two, and three of this
Section, the debtor or the majority of creditors specified in
Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law have the right to replace
the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings. A new
candidate for the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall be recommended to the court by the debtor in
conformity with Paragraphs one and two of this Section upon
agreement thereon with the candidate for the supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings or by the majority of creditors
specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law upon
agreement thereon with the candidate for the supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings and the debtor. Accordingly, the
debtor or an authorised representative of the majority of
creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law
shall submit to the court the application for the approval of a
new candidate for the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings and the removal of the current supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings.
(8) If an agreement is not reached on a candidate for the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings in the case
referred to in this Section where the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings is recommended by the majority of
creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law, a
court shall select him or her from the candidates for the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings proposed by
the majority of creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph
three of this Law and appoint him or her to specific legal
protection proceedings.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 36. Publicity of a Case of
Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The responsible authority shall enter the following
information in the Insolvency Register on a case of legal
protection proceedings:
1) the debtor's firm name (name);
2) the debtor's registration number;
3) the debtor's legal address;
4) the date when the case was initiated, and the name of the
court;
5) the date when the court ruling on the implementation of
legal protection proceedings has been taken and the plan of
measures of the legal protection proceedings has been approved,
the name of the court, the case number and, if applicable, also
the time limit within which the complaint referred to in Article
5 of Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council is to be submitted;
6) if applicable, the given name, surname, address of the
place of practice in Latvia, telephone number, and electronic
mail address of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings appointed to the case, and also the identification
number assigned by the responsible institution which maintains
the Insolvency Register;
61) if applicable, also the given name, surname,
address of the place of practice, telephone number, or electronic
mail address of the administrator involved in the insolvency
proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848
of the European Parliament and of the Council;
7) [22 December 2016];
8) the methods specified in the plan of measures of the legal
protection proceedings;
9) the time limit for the implementation of legal protection
proceedings;
91) if applicable, also the type of the insolvency
proceedings in accordance with Article 3(1), (2), or (4) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council;
10) the date when the court approved amendments to the plan of
measures of the legal protection proceedings and the name of the
court;
11) the date of termination of legal protection proceedings,
the name of the court, and the grounds;
12) the date of the making the entry.
(2) The information referred to in Paragraph one of this
Section may be published also in other registers, information
systems, or databases.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March
2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Chapter VI
Effects of the Initiation of a Case of Legal Protection
Proceedings
Section 37. Effects of the
Initiation of a Case of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The court decision on the initiation of a case of legal
protection proceedings has the following effects:
1) the stay of the judgment enforcement proceedings in cases
regarding the recovery of amounts adjudged but not recovered from
a debtor and in cases regarding the honouring of obligations
through court in accordance with the procedures laid down in the
Civil Procedure Law, except for cases regarding the recovery of
the work remuneration and other claims of employees arising from
or relating to employment relationship, and cases regarding
claims referred to in Chapters IV and V of the Law on Control of
Aid for Commercial Activity;
2) a prohibition for the secured creditor to request the sale
of the debtor's pledged property, except for the case referred to
in Paragraph two of this Section;
3) a prohibition for the creditor to submit an application for
insolvency proceedings of a legal person;
4) a prohibition to perform the liquidation of a debtor;
5) the suspension of the penalty increment;
6) the suspension of such an interest increment which exceeds
the statutory interest, except for the cases where the main
refinancing operations rate specified by the European Central
Bank is above the statutory interest rate; then the main
refinancing operations rate specified by the European Central
Bank shall apply;
7) the suspension of the late payment charge increment;
8) the suspension of the calculation of the late charges of
tax claims;
9) a prohibition for the creditor and another supplier or
service provider to withhold performance of, terminate,
accelerate or, in any other way, modify executory contracts to
the detriment of the debtor by virtue of a contractual clause
providing for such measures relating to or arising from the
initiation of a case of legal protection proceedings.
(11) The effects referred to in Paragraph one,
Clauses 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 of this Section shall be in
effect for two months from the initiation of a case of legal
protection proceedings.
(12) The time limit specified in Paragraph
1.1 of this Section may be extended, by a court
decision, by a time period up to six months of the court decision
on the initiation of a case of legal protection proceedings, if
the majority of creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph
three of this Law agrees to this, on the basis of a motivated
application of the debtor which shall specify the actions
performed for the development of and agreement upon the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings and explain the assumed
justifications for the extension. The debtor shall immediately
inform the supervisory person and creditors of the extension of
the effects of the initiation of a case of legal protection
proceedings and the associated time period.
(13) If, at the time of submitting the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings, the effects referred to
in Paragraph one, Clauses 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 of this
Section are in effect, they shall continue to apply until the
examination of the application for legal protection
proceedings.
(2) A secured creditor may request the sale of the debtor's
pledged property, if the prohibition referred to in Paragraph
one, Clause 2 of this Section causes significant harm to the
interests of this creditor (including the existence of the threat
of the destruction of the pledged property, or the value of the
pledged property has reduced significantly). The decision to
permit the sale of the debtor's pledged property shall be taken
by the court in which the case of the respective legal protection
proceedings has been initiated.
(3) The debtor has an obligation to inform the bailiff who is
managing the proceedings in cases regarding the amounts adjudged
but not recovered from the debtor and cases regarding the
honouring of obligations through the court, and also the
representatives of employees, if a trade union of employees has
been established or authorised representatives of employees have
been elected, of the initiation of a case of legal protection
proceedings.
(4) The debtor has an obligation, upon request of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings, to provide
him or her with all information on the development of and
agreement upon the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings in writing without delay, and also to submit
documents attesting the validity of the claims of creditors and
to ensure a possibility to inspect economic activity and
documents of the debtor in person.
(5) The effects referred to in Paragraph one, Clauses 1, 2, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 of this Section may be revoked by a court
decision in the following cases:
1) if they no longer serve the purpose of supporting the
discussion of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings (e.g. if the majority of creditors specified in
Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law do not support the
continuation of discussion) - on the basis of a motivated
application of the debtor, the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings, or the creditor;
2) if they have caused or will cause unfair prejudice to the
creditor or creditor group - on the basis of a motivated
application of the debtor, the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings, or the creditor;
3) if they may lead to the insolvency of the creditor - on the
basis of a motivated application of the debtor, the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings, or the creditor;
4) in other cases - on the basis of an application of the
debtor or the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings.
(6) In the cases referred to in Paragraph five of this
Section, subject to the information provided in the application,
the court decision is applied to all creditors (general
revocation) or to one or several individual creditors or creditor
groups (limited revocation).
(7) The debtor is entitled to attract interim financing by
agreeing upon it with the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings in writing. Interim financing means any financing
that includes, as a minimum, financial assistance while the
effects of the initiation of a case of legal protection
proceedings are in effect and that is reasonable and immediately
necessary for the debtor's establishment to continue operating or
to preserve or enhance the value of that establishment. In a
written agreement, the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall specify, as a minimum, the information on the
provider, amount, basic conditions of interim financing and its
percentage value in relation to the total amount of the claims of
the relevant creditor group and justify the need for interim
financing. The debtor and the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings shall immediately inform the creditors of
the provided agreement in writing by sending the agreement.
(8) If the financing referred to in Paragraph seven of this
Section exceeds 10 per cent of the total amount of the claims of
the creditor group, the creditor is entitled to submit to the
debtor written objections within five days after receiving the
agreement. If the debtor does not agree with the objections of
the creditor, the debtor shall convene a creditors' meeting to
assess the need for interim financing. If the need for interim
financing has been assessed in the creditors' meeting, the
provisions referred to in Section 96, Paragraph five of this Law
shall apply to interim financing to the extent that it has been
supported by the creditors' meeting.
[12 September 2013; 25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 16
March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 37.1 Activities
of the Supervisory Person of Legal Protection Proceedings After
Initiating the Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings:
1) shall monitor the actions of the debtor in the honouring of
the obligations;
2) shall request and receive from the debtor all information
on the course of the development of and agreement upon the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings and economic
activity;
3) shall examine the complaints submitted by the
creditors;
4) shall evaluate the financial situation of the debtor and
provide recommendations for preserving or restoring the debtor's
solvency;
5) shall participate in the evaluation of the objections of
the creditors and provide recommendations regarding them to the
debtor.
(2) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
the following rights:
1) to request and receive from the debtor and representatives
thereof the information necessary for the legal protection
proceedings;
2) to request and receive from other competent persons and
authorities the information at their disposal which is related to
the conduct of legal protection proceedings;
3) to become acquainted with the financial situation and all
the documents of the debtor, and also to request and receive all
the documents;
4) to submit in electronic form to the Insolvency Control
Service information on his or her education and qualification for
publication on the website. The supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings shall ensure that the information
submitted for publication is presented in accordance with the
requirements for drawing up of documents laid down in laws and
regulations and corresponds to the requirements for official
secret, restricted access information, and also personal data
protection;
5) to prepare a plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings if an agreement thereon has been reached with the
debtor.
(3) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings in
respect of whom the procedural actions referred to in Section
174.2, Paragraph one, Clause 9 of this Law are
performed has the following rights:
1) to be present during the performance of procedural actions,
to express remarks and requests;
2) to suggest that the status of restricted access information
is set with regard to the information or any part thereof to be
provided;
3) to become acquainted with the minutes of the procedural
action and the documents appended thereto, to recommend
corrections and additions;
4) within a month after signing of the minutes of the
procedural action referred to in Section 174.3 of this
Law, to submit a complaint to the director of the Insolvency
Control Service regarding the actions of an official of the
Insolvency Control Service.
(4) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
the following obligations:
1) to participate in a court hearings in cases of legal
protection proceedings;
2) to provide information on legal protection proceedings to
the court, creditors, the Insolvency Control Service, and other
persons and authorities specified in laws and regulations;
3) to notify, within five days, the responsible institution
which maintains the Insolvency Register and the creditors of any
changes in the specified contact information;
4) to cooperate with the authorised persons and authorities
which, in accordance with laws and regulations of other
countries, have the right to implement their powers in legal
protection proceedings;
5) to provide reports and materials to law enforcement
authorities regarding the facts established in legal protection
proceedings which may form the grounds for initiation of criminal
proceedings;
6) in the cases specified in this Law, to prepare the
evaluation of economic activity of the debtor;
7) in the cases referred to in the Civil Procedure Law, to
prepare the evaluation of economic activity of the debtor if an
appeal against satisfying the legal protection proceedings has
been submitted and no supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings has been appointed for the monitoring of the
implementation of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 37.2 Evaluation
of Economic Activity
(1) The purpose of the evaluation of economic activity is to
determine whether:
1) the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings places
the dissenting creditor in a worse position than an alternative
solution if the objections of the creditor regarding the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings indicate its
non-compliance with Section 40, Paragraph four, Clause 15 of this
Law;
2) a creditor group which has approved the plan of measures of
legal protection proceedings through a cross-class cram-down is a
creditor group which, upon evaluation of the debtor as an
undertaking which continues to perform economic activity or in
the event of insolvency proceedings of the debtor, would receive
a payment or keep any interest.
(2) The evaluation of economic activity shall be carried out
by:
1) the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
appointed in the legal protection proceedings or the most
recently appointed supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings if no supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings has been appointed for the monitoring of the
implementation of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings;
2) another person holding a professional qualification
certificate for property evaluation.
(3) The evaluation of economic activity shall, in conformity
with its purpose, include the evaluation of the situation, and
also provide, as a minimum, the evaluation of:
1) the planned cash flow;
2) the revenue potential;
3) the eligibility of the planned expenses;
4) the property belonging to the debtor.
(4) The person carrying out the evaluation of economic
activity shall be selected and the costs shall be covered by:
1) the creditor whose objections indicate non-compliance of
the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings with Section
40, Paragraph four, Clause 15 of this Law if the evaluation of
the economic activity is carried out for the purpose specified in
Paragraph one, Clause 1 of this Section;
2) the debtor if the evaluation of economic activity is
carried out for the purpose specified in Paragraph one, Clause 2
of this Section.
(5) If the evaluation of economic activity has been carried
out for the purpose specified in Paragraph one, Clause 1 of this
Section and non-compliance with this provision has been
established, the debtor shall reimburse the expenses incurred by
the creditor.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 38. Methods to be Applied in
Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) One or several methods shall be applied in legal
protection proceedings:
1) the postponement of the honouring of payment
obligations;
2) the alienation of movable property or immovable property or
encumbrance with rights in rem in order to achieve the extension
of the time limit for meeting the creditors' claims, or
satisfying of the claims of creditors;
3) the increase of the basic capital of the debtor - capital
company (including the investing of the right of the creditor to
claim against the debtor in the equity capital);
4) reorganisation of the debtor - commercial company (Section
46);
5) other methods which correspond to the objective of legal
protection proceedings.
(2) The plan of measures of legal protection proceedings
within the scope of the group of creditors and each type of the
claim of creditors (principal debt, penalty, or interest) may
only provide for proportional repayment or reduction of the
principal debt, penalty or interest.
(3) Set-off is permitted if the right to claim of the debtor
against the creditor has arisen at least three months prior to
the court decision to initiate a case of legal protection
proceedings.
(4) The methods to be applied in the legal protection
proceedings may be applicable to the claims of an employee for
work remuneration, if the employee concerned agrees thereto. The
status of creditor shall not be applicable to an employee of the
debtor in legal protection proceedings.
(41) If a trade union of employees has been
established or authorised representatives of employees have been
elected, the methods applicable in the legal protection
proceedings which involve laying off at least 25 per cent of
employees shall be used if the representatives of employees agree
thereto.
(42) The methods applicable in the legal protection
proceedings shall not be used with regard to the claims referred
to in Chapters IV and V of the Law on Control of Aid for
Commercial Activity.
(5) For tax claims, the following shall not be permitted
without the consent of the tax administration:
1) the cancellation or reduction of the principal tax
debt;
2) the division of the repayment of the principal debt into
time limits, the extension of the time limits or the postponement
of the time limit for a period exceeding six months;
3) the reduction of late payment charges by more than 50 per
cent or the cancellation thereof;
4) the reduction of fines by more than 65 per cent or the
cancellation thereof;
5) the division of regular debt payments into time limits, the
extension of time limits or the postponement of the time
limit.
(6) It is prohibited to apply in legal protection proceedings
such methods which restrict the rights of creditors more than is
necessary for the successful implementation of the plan of
measures of the legal protection proceedings and for the
achievement of the objective of the legal protection proceedings
referred to in this Law.
(7) The methods of legal protection proceedings shall not be
applied in respect of costs of legal protection proceedings as
well as in respect of the penalties applied in the administrative
offence proceedings and punishments laid down in the Criminal
Law.
(8) The principle of proportionality specified in Paragraph
two of this Section shall not be applicable to claims for payment
of taxes and work remuneration of employees, and also to the
indemnification for the damage, unless a relevant consent of the
creditor or employee has been received.
(9) The proportionality principle specified in Paragraph two
of this Section may not be applied to creditors whose claims do
not exceed one per cent of the total amount of the claims of all
creditors or to creditors whose goods or provided service cannot
be objectively substituted.
(10) If, when applying Paragraph eight or nine of this
Section, methods applicable in the legal protection proceedings
are not fully applied to the relevant creditor, the status of a
creditor shall not apply to the relevant creditor.
[14 October 2010; 25 September 2014; 5 December 2019; 16
March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 39. Replacement of a Claim
with Shares or Stocks of the Equity Capital
(1) If the main claims of non-secured creditors are reduced by
more than 10 per cent or cancelled in full, these creditors have
the right to request the debtor - capital company - that the
amount of the reduced or cancelled claim is replaced by the
shares or stocks of the equity capital of the debtor (hereinafter
in this Section - the shares).
(2) If, in accordance with the law, creditors have the right
to request the debtor - capital company - that the amount of the
reduced or cancelled claim is replaced by the shares of the
debtor, the debtor - capital company - shall provide for, in the
plan of measures of the legal protection proceedings, the
increase of the equity capital by the amount by which the main
claims of the non-secured creditors have been reduced or
cancelled.
(3) If, by increasing the equity capital, the increase is
equal to or greater than the existing amount of the equity
capital, the equity capital is increased by an amount not
exceeding the amount of the existing equity capital, considering
the difference between the increase in the equity capital and the
total amount of the reduced or cancelled main claim as the
surcharge of a share.
(4) Non-secured creditors whose main claims have been reduced
by the amount referred to in this Section or extinguished, have
the right to acquire new shares proportional to the amount by
which the claim of the non-secured creditor has been reduced or
cancelled after proclamation of legal protection proceedings, in
conformity with the possible surcharge of the shares.
(5) When a non-secured creditor applies for new shares, they
are paid by the property investment of the creditor concerned the
value of which conforms to the amount of the reduced or cancelled
claim of this creditor.
Section 40. Plan of Measures of
Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) After initiation of a case of legal protection
proceedings, the debtor shall immediately send a list of the
current creditors to all creditors by indicating the amount of
the claim of each creditor and contact information, and also
develop a plan of measures of legal protection proceedings which
shall be agreed upon with the creditors in accordance with the
procedures laid down in this Law and submitted to the court for
approval not later than on the day following expiry of the time
limit for agreeing specified in Paragraph two of this
Section.
(11) When developing a plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings, the debtor has the right to convene a
creditors' meeting, choosing one of the types of course of a
creditors' meeting referred to in Section 86, Paragraph
2.2 of this Law.
(2) The plan of measures of legal protection proceedings shall
be developed and agreed upon within two months from the day when
the time period referred to in Section 37, Paragraph
1.1 or, if applicable, Paragraph 1.2 of
this Law has passed. If the effects referred to in Section 37,
Paragraph one, Clauses 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 of this Law are
revoked for all creditors, the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings shall be developed and agreed upon within
two months from the day when the abovementioned effects have been
revoked.
(3) The task of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings is to ensure that, by implementing legal protection
proceedings, the gain of the creditors who did not agree upon the
plan is at least as high as that if insolvency proceedings of the
debtor were proclaimed at the moment of the approval of such a
plan.
(4) The following shall be indicated in the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings:
1) all the payment obligations of the debtor and the grounds
thereof, indicating separately the payment obligations of the
debtor against the related persons within the meaning of the law
On Taxes and Fees, and also the payment obligations of the debtor
against the secured creditors;
2) such payment obligations of the debtor the repayment or
honouring deadline of which has taken effect prior to the
commencement of legal protection proceedings or will take effect
during legal protection proceedings, separately indicating the
obligations of the debtor for the performance of which the
creditors have brought an action in a court, and payment
obligations for which the debtor has provided guarantees;
3) the obligations of the debtor which are not payment
obligations, but as a result of which the composition of the
debtor's assets change;
4) the timetable for the honouring of the payment obligations
of the debtor in respect of each creditor, the repayment or
honouring deadline of which has taken effect prior to the
commencement of legal protection proceedings or will take effect
during the legal protection proceedings;
5) the total amount of the planned revenue of the debtor
during the legal protection proceedings and grounds for the
forecast of the planned revenue, describing the assumptions on
which the planned revenue is based, and also the planned
activities for the reduction of the debtor's payments;
6) the total amount of the planned expenses of the debtor
during the legal protection proceedings and grounds for the
forecast of the planned expenses, describing the assumptions on
which the planned expenses is based, and also the planned
activities for the reduction of the debtor's expenses;
7) the methods to be applied in the legal protection
proceedings, and also the grounds for the need of the methods
chosen, in order to achieve the implementation of the plan of the
legal protection proceedings;
8) the existing and planned types of the basic operation of
the debtor;
9) the time period for the implementation of legal protection
proceedings;
10) the types of transactions which the debtor may perform
without agreeing thereupon with the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings, if he or she is to be appointed, and the
amount of such transactions;
11) the procedures by which creditors shall be informed of the
results of the activities of the debtor during the implementation
of the plan of legal protection proceedings;
12) the information on the candidate for the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings, if applicable, and in
conformity with Section 35.1 of this Law,
specifying:
a) his or her given name, surname;
b) the personal identity number (if the person does not have a
personal identity number - the date of birth, the number and date
of issue of a personal identification document, the country and
authority which issued the document);
c) the address of the place of practice in Latvia;
d) the telephone number;
e) the electronic mail address;
f) the amount of remuneration;
121) a confirmation of the candidate for the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings, if one shall
be appointed, that the restrictions referred to in Section
12.3, Paragraphs two and three of this Law do not
apply to him or her;
13) a list of all debtor's property, including its value,
indicating separately a list of the debtor's pledged property
which is necessary for the implementation of the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings and to which restrictions are
applicable according to which the secured creditors may not
execute their right in respect of the debtor's property which
serves as security for the claims thereof until termination of
the legal protection proceedings;
14) compensation for a secured creditor for the restriction of
his or her rights during the legal protection proceedings and
payments to cover the claim of the secured creditor, and also the
procedures for payment of such a type of compensation;
15) a justification that the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings meets the criterion of respecting the
interests of creditors or that, when implementing the legal
protection proceedings, the benefit of those creditors who have
not agreed upon the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings is at least equal to what it would be if the
insolvency proceedings of the debtor were proclaimed at the time
of plan approval or in the case of applying the next best
alternative scenario and not implementing the legal protection
proceedings;
151) a description of the debtor's economic
situation or the condition of the employees, indicating, as a
minimum, information on the number of employees and the duration
of employment relationship, and also information on the causes
and extent of the financial difficulties of the debtor;
152) the procedures for informing and consulting
the representatives of employees;
153) the planned influence on employment of the
debtor's employees, e.g. information on the reduction of the
number or short-term employment of employees;
154) if applicable, information on new financing or
financing required for the implementation of the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings, including by specifying the
reasons for the need for financing;
155) a justification as to why there are reasonable
prospects of preventing the insolvency of the debtor and ensuring
the viability of the establishment through the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings, including by outlining the
necessary prerequisites for the successful implementation of the
plan;
16) a representation that the information in the plan of
measures of the legal protection proceedings is true and correct,
and the derivatives of the appended documents correspond to their
respective originals.
(5) In the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings,
preference for persons allocating funds for the implementation of
such a plan may be provided for, according to the amount of the
funds allocated thereby. If legal protection proceedings are
terminated and insolvency proceedings of a legal person are
proclaimed concurrently, the advantages acquired shall remain in
effect and claims against the debtor arising from the funds
allocated for the implementation of the abovementioned plan shall
be considered to be expenses of insolvency proceedings. The
advantages granted may not affect the interests of the secured
creditors.
(6) The following shall be appended to the plan of measures of
legal protection proceedings:
1) a report on the forecast of proposed cash flow during the
first year of the proceedings, explaining the items of the report
in the interval of one month, while for the subsequent years, in
the interval of three months;
2) the objections that have been submitted by creditors with
regard to the plan of measures of the legal protection
proceedings, yet ignored, and also an evidence that the plan of
measures of the legal protection proceedings has been delivered
to all creditors;
3) [22 December 2016];
4) the opinion of a sworn auditor referred to in Section
43.1 of this Law if such has been prepared;
5) the information referred to in Paragraph four, Clauses 12
and 12.1 of this Section on the candidates for the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings proposed by
the creditors if an agreement has not been reached on the
candidate for the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings;
6) the opinion of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings on compliance of the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings with the requirements of this Law,
including the feasibility of its implementation and the
achievement of the purpose of the legal protection
proceedings;
7) if the objections of the creditors indicate that the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings does not comply with
Paragraph four, Clause 15 of this Section, the evaluation of
economic activity of the debtor prepared by the person referred
to in Section 37.2, Paragraph two of this Law;
8) the assessment of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings regarding the conformity of the creditors
who are not subject to the proportionality principle with Section
38, Paragraph nine of this Law.
(7) In comparison with other creditors, significantly
unfavourable provisions in the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings, in respect of a separate creditor, may
only be provided for with the consent of the respective
creditor.
(8) The debtor has an obligation to deliver to the creditors
whose claims prima facie have been recognised as invalid the
opinion of the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
on the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings
concurrently with submitting the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings to the court, and also immediately inform
the creditors of the day when the application for legal
protection proceedings will be examined.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 5 June
2020; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 41. Protection of the
Interests of Secured Creditors During Legal Protection
Proceedings
(1) Unless the secured creditor has declined, the following
provisions shall be complied with regarding him or her:
1) a claim of the secured creditor shall not be extinguished
or reduced without his or her consent, except for the part of the
claim exceeding the amount of a registered mortgage or the limit
of liability for a commercial pledge, and also the part of
ancillary claims expressed in percentage exceeding the statutory
interest;
2) amendments to the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings shall provide for the following:
a) the procedures for fulfilling the debtor's obligations
arising from a contract towards the secured creditor which the
debtor has not fulfilled prior to commencing the legal protection
proceedings and the deadline of which sets in during the legal
protection proceedings, providing for a proportional distribution
of the total amount of the relevant obligations over the period
of implementing the legal protection plan by months;
b) the regular payments arising from a contract or the
statutory interest due to the secured creditor.
(2) Expenses arising if the pledged property included in the
plan of measures of legal protection proceedings is damaged or
the value thereof is reduced, are the expenses of insolvency
proceedings in the amount of the value of the pledged property of
the claim of the secured creditor or the reduction thereof.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 42. Agreeing upon the Plan
of Measures of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The debtor shall transfer the plan of legal protection
proceedings to all creditors, inviting them to give consent for
this plan and indicating a time limit for agreeing thereupon. If
the debtor requires the consent of the tax administration for the
implementation of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings, the deadline for reaching an agreement with the tax
administration shall not be less than 21 days from the day when
the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings is
considered to be submitted to the tax administration.
(2) Voting on the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings take place separately within the following groups of
creditors:
1) secured creditors in the secured part of their claims;
2) non-secured creditors, and secured creditors in the
unsecured part of their claims.
(3) A plan of measures of legal protection proceedings is
agreed upon if it is supported:
1) in a group of secured creditors - by the secured creditors
whose main claims in aggregate form two-thirds of the total
amount of the main claims of secured creditors, certifying their
consent by signature;
2) in a group of non-secured creditors - by the non-secured
creditors whose main claims in aggregate form more than half of
the total amount of the main claims of non-secured creditors,
certifying their consent by signature.
(31) If the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings has not been agreed upon in conformity with Paragraph
three of this Section, the debtor may request the court to
approve the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings
through a cross-class cram-down if all the following criteria are
met:
1) the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings has
been developed in accordance with Sections 40 and 41 of this Law
and has been submitted for agreement to all creditors in
accordance with Paragraph one of this Section;
2) the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings has
been approved by at least one creditor group, except for one
which, upon evaluation of the debtor as an undertaking which
continues to perform economic activity or in the event of
insolvency proceedings of the debtor, would not receive any
payment or would not keep any interest;
3) the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings
ensures that the dissenting group of creditors will be in at
least as favourable a situation as the assenting group of
creditors;
4) none of the creditor groups may receive or retain more than
the amount of their claims or full interest.
(4) If a creditor has not provided a written response during
the period of agreeing upon the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings, it shall be considered that the creditor
in question has not given consent to the implementation of the
legal protection proceedings.
(5) A creditor has the right to submit written objections to
the debtor in respect of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings within five days after receipt thereof. If the
submitted objections are acknowledged as justified, the debtor
shall amend the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings
accordingly. The debtor shall immediately initiate the actions
referred to in Section 43.1 of this Law regarding any
disregarded objections and include the disregarded objections
with the agreed plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings.
(51) For the purposes of assessment of the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings, the creditors and
representatives of employees have the right to request additional
information and the debtor has the obligation to provide such
information, except for information the unrestricted disclosure
of which could harm the lawful interests of the debtor or
creditors.
(6) The following persons are not entitled to implement the
right of a creditor in respect of agreeing upon the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings:
1) persons who are incorporated in one group of companies with
the debtor;
2) natural persons who, as participants, have a decisive
influence on the debtor - capital company;
3) persons who have acquired the right to claim against a
debtor from the persons referred to in Clauses 1 and 2 of this
Paragraph within the last two years prior to agreeing upon the
plan of measures of legal protection proceedings.
(61) The claims of the creditors referred to in
Paragraph six of this Section are not included in the total
principal amount claimed by creditors which is the basis for
calculating the number of votes required for agreeing upon the
plan of measures of legal protection proceedings.
(7) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(2) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor in Latvia, the
plan of measures of legal protection proceedings shall be agreed
upon in writing with the administrator involved in the insolvency
proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848
of the European Parliament and of the Council.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March
2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 43. Opinion of the
Supervisory Person of Legal Protection Proceedings on the Plan of
Measures of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) Prior to handing over the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings to the creditors and the submission
thereof for approval to a court, the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings shall provide an opinion on this plan.
(11) The supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall deliver the opinion on the plan of measures of
legal protection proceedings to the debtor for the submission
thereof to the court.
(2) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall provide in his or her opinion an assessment of the
conformity of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings with the requirements of Sections 38, 40, and 42 of
this Law. The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall provide in his or her opinion an assessment of the fact
whether the prepared plan is feasible and whether it would
achieve the purpose of legal protection proceedings specified in
the law.
(3) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall, upon his or her own initiative, if the respective
information is at his or her disposal, express a reasoned view in
the opinion as to whether the claim of creditor indicated in the
plan of measures of legal protection proceedings and in the
documents appended thereto is prima facie justified. If the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has evidence
at his or her disposal attesting that the claims are prima facie
are unjustified, the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall append it to the opinion.
(4) If the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
recognises in his or her opinion any of the claims as prima facie
unjustified, his or her opinion shall be handed over to the
debtor who shall in turn immediately inform the relevant
creditor.
(5) The debtor or the creditor whose claim has been recognised
as prima facie unjustified by the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings has the right to, not later than three
days prior to the day of the examination of the application for
legal protection proceedings, submit to the court evidence of the
validity of the claim of the creditor.
(6) If the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
establishes that the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings contains liabilities which raise reasonable doubt, or
the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings suspects
that the documents appended to the plan might be forged, he or
she shall provide the relevant information to the responsible
State authorities.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March
2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 43.1 Opinion of a
Sworn Auditor on the Objections of the Creditors
(1) If the debtor has not taken into account the objections
made by the creditors to the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings, an independent sworn auditor who is not the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings shall evaluate
these objections and provide his or her opinion on them.
(2) If the objections of the creditors refer to the validity
of the claim of the creditor, the sworn auditor shall express a
reasoned view in his or her opinion as to whether the claim of
the creditor indicated in the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings and in the documents appended thereto is
prima facie justified.
(3) If the sworn auditor recognises any of the claims as prima
facie unjustified, he or she shall hand over the opinion to the
debtor who shall in turn immediately inform the relevant
creditor.
(4) The debtor or the creditor whose claim has been recognised
as prima facie unjustified by the sworn auditor has the right,
not later than three days prior to the day of the examination of
the application for legal protection proceedings, to submit to
the court evidence of the validity of the claim of the
creditor.
(5) If the sworn auditor establishes that the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings contains liabilities which raise
reasonable doubt, or suspects that the documents appended to the
plan might be forged, he or she shall provide the relevant
information to the responsible State authorities.
(6) Any costs related to the provision of the opinion of a
sworn auditor shall be financed by the creditors whose objections
have formed the grounds for the commencement of the activities
specified in this Section.
[22 December 2016]
Chapter VII
Implementation of Legal Protection Proceedings
Section 44. Pre-Conditions for the
Implementation of Legal Protection Proceedings
Legal protection proceedings are implemented in respect of the
debtor if:
1) the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings has
been agreed upon in accordance with the procedures and time limit
laid down in this Law;
2) the court has approved the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings and has given the ruling that the legal
protection proceedings of the debtor shall be implemented.
Section 45. Effects of the
Implementation of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) A plan of measures of legal protection proceedings is in
effect from the day when it has been approved by court. A plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings shall be mandatory and
shall also be binding to creditors who have not given their
consent.
(2) After proclamation of the implementation of legal
protection proceedings, secured creditors may not exercise their
right in respect of the debtor's pledged property provided for in
the plan of measures of the legal protection proceedings and
listed as required for the implementation of the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings until termination of the legal
protection proceedings.
(3) After proclamation of the implementation of legal
protection proceedings, secured creditors may exercise their
right in respect of the debtor's pledged property which is not
required for the implementation of the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings and is not subject to restrictions.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 46. Reorganisation Within
the Scope of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The reorganisation of the debtor - commercial company -
within the scope of legal protection proceedings is only possible
if it is provided for in the plan of measures of the legal
protection proceedings.
(2) Reorganisation of the debtor - commercial company - takes
place in accordance with the requirements laid down in the law
governing the activity of commercial companies, insofar as it is
not laid down otherwise in this Section.
(3) Creditors do not have the right to request security during
the process of reorganisation of the debtor - commercial
company.
(4) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings, if
appointed, the creditor, and the shareholder (stockholder) of the
debtor - commercial company - may submit an application to the
court for recognition of the decision of a meeting of
shareholders (stockholders) of the debtor - commercial company -
on reorganisation as invalid if it has been taken in violation of
this Law or does not conform to the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings.
(5) The court which has approved the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings shall examine the application referred to
in Paragraph four of this Section.
(6) Such a type of reorganisation as a result of the
implementation of which the debtor ceases to exist, except for
the transformation of the debtor, may not be applied within the
scope of legal protection proceedings.
[22 December 2016; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 47. Amendment of the Plan of
Measures of Legal Protection Proceedings
The debtor shall agree upon amendments to the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings with the creditors in accordance
with the procedures laid down in Section 42 of this Law and,
together with the opinion of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings, submit them to the court for
approval.
(2) If no supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
has been appointed for monitoring the implementation of the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings, the majority of
creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law
may request that the debtor includes in the amendments to the
plan of measures of legal protection proceedings the opinion of
the most recently appointed supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings on compliance of the prepared amendments
with the requirements of this Law, including the feasibility of
their implementation and achievement of the purpose of the legal
protection proceedings.
[22 December 2016; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 48. Time Limit for the
Implementation of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The time limit for the implementation of legal protection
proceedings shall be determined as not exceeding two years from
the day of entering into effect of the court ruling on the
implementation of legal protection proceedings. The time limit
for the implementation of legal protection proceedings may be
determined to be longer but not exceeding four years, provided
that such need is clarified in the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings.
(2) The time limit referred to in Paragraph one of this
Section may be extended by additional two years, if the majority
of the creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this
Law agree thereto. In such a case the provisions of Section 47 of
this Law regarding the amending of the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings shall be applicable to the debtor.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 49. Restrictions on the
Activities and the Obligations of the Debtor
(1) The debtor is prohibited from the following during the
implementation of legal protection proceedings:
1) entering into any transactions or performing activities
which may deteriorate the financial situation thereof or harm the
overall interests of the creditors;
2) issuing loans (credits), except for the cases when the
issuance of loans (credits) is the basic activity of the debtor
and this has been entered in the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings;
3) giving guarantees, giving presents or donating, awarding
bonuses to members of the executive board and supervisory board
of the debtor or other type of additional financial
remuneration;
4) alienating or encumbering an immovable property with rights
in rem, except for the cases where this is provided for in the
plan of measures of legal protection proceedings;
5) dividing and paying dividend profits;
6) performing financial obligations which are not included in
the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings.
(2) The debtor may, by agreeing upon with the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings, if appointed, in writing
and without making any amendments to the plan of measures of
legal protection proceedings, fulfil the payment obligations
(payment of invoices) which are not included in the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings if during the
implementation of legal protection proceedings these payments in
total do not exceed two per cent of the total amount of the
claims of creditors at the moment of the approval of the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings.
(3) The debtor shall have the following obligations during
legal protection proceedings:
1) to implement the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings;
2) to shift all profits towards the implementation of legal
protection proceedings;
3) to cover the costs of legal protection proceedings;
4) to notify the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings or the creditors, if a supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings has not been appointed, of the
implementation of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings in writing, at least once a month;
5) upon request of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings, if appointed, to immediately provide him or her in
writing with all information on the implementation of the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings and to ensure a
possibility to inspect economic activity and documents of the
debtor in person;
6) upon request of the creditor, if no supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings has been appointed in the legal
protection proceedings, to provide him or her with all
information on the implementation of the plan of measures of
legal protection proceedings;
7) to notify immediately the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings, if appointed, of any circumstances due to
which the debtor will not be able to implement the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings;
8) to notify the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings, if appointed, of change in the legal address thereof
and any other changes to be entered in the public registers;
9) to notify the creditor and the court, if no supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings has been appointed in the
legal protection proceedings, of change in his or her legal
address;
10) to notify the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings, if appointed, of any significant events in the
activities of the debtor;
11) to submit an approved plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings to the responsible authority which maintains the
Insolvency Register within five days after proclamation of the
ruling on the implementation of legal protection proceedings if
no supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has been
appointed in the legal protection proceedings;
12) to submit amendments to the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings approved by court to the responsible
authority which maintains the Insolvency Register within five
days after the court decision on the approval of amendments to
the plan of measures of legal protection proceedings has been
taken if no supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
has been appointed in the legal protection proceedings.
[22 December 2016; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 50. Activities of the
Supervisory Person of Legal Protection Proceedings, if Appointed,
during Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) In order to ensure lawful and efficient legal protection
proceedings, the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings shall perform the supervision of the activities of
the debtor according to the purpose of the protection
proceedings, the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings, and the requirements of laws and regulations.
(2) The supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings:
1) within five days after proclamation of the ruling on the
implementation of legal protection proceedings, shall submit an
approved plan of measures of legal protection proceedings to the
responsible authority which maintains the Insolvency
Register;
2) within five days after the court decision on the approval
of amendments to the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings has been taken, shall submit amendments to the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings approved by court to
the responsible authority which maintains the Insolvency
Register;
3) shall supervise the implementation of the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings;
4) shall request and receive from the debtor all information
on the legal protection proceedings and economic activity;
5) shall inform the creditors, upon their request, of the
implementation of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings and examine the complaints submitted.
(3) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
the following rights:
1) to request and receive from the debtor and representatives
thereof the information necessary for the legal protection
proceedings;
2) to request and receive from other competent persons and
authorities the information at their disposal which is related to
the conduct of legal protection proceedings;
3) to become acquainted with the financial situation and all
the documents of the debtor, and also to request and receive all
the documents;
4) to provide information on his or her education and
qualification in electronic form to the Insolvency Control
Service for publication on the website, except for the case when
such information has already been provided within the
corresponding legal protection proceedings on the basis of
Section 37.1, Paragraph three, Clause 4 of this Law.
The submitter of information shall ensure that the information
submitted for publication is presented in accordance with the
requirements for drawing up of documents laid down in laws and
regulations and corresponds to the requirements for official
secret, restricted access information, and also personal data
protection.
(4) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings in
respect of whom the procedural actions specified in Section
174.2, Paragraph one, Clause 9 of this Law are
performed has the following rights:
1) to be present during the performance of procedural actions,
to express remarks and requests;
2) to suggest that the status of restricted access information
is set with regard to the information or any part thereof to be
provided;
3) to become acquainted with the minutes of the procedural
action and the documents appended thereto, to recommend
corrections and additions;
4) within a month after signing of the minutes of the
procedural action referred to in Section 174.3 of this
Law, to submit a complaint to the director of the Insolvency
Control Service regarding the actions of an official of the
Insolvency Control Service.
(5) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings has
the following obligations:
1) to participate in a court hearings in cases of legal
protection proceedings;
2) to provide information on the legal protection proceedings
to the court, creditors, the Insolvency Control Service, and
other persons and authorities specified in laws and
regulations;
3) to notify, within five days, the responsible institution
which maintains the Insolvency Register and the creditors of any
changes in the contact information specified in the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings;
4) to cooperate with the authorised persons and authorities
which, in accordance with laws and regulations of other
countries, have the right to implement their powers in legal
protection proceedings;
5) to provide reports and materials to law enforcement
authorities regarding the facts established in legal protection
proceedings which may form the grounds for initiation of criminal
proceedings.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 51. Termination of Legal
Protection Proceedings
(1) A court shall terminate legal protection proceedings
if:
1) the majority of creditors specified in Section 42,
Paragraph three of this Law have not supported the plan of
measures of the legal protection proceedings in accordance with
the procedures laid down in this Law;
2) the plan of measures of the legal protection proceedings
does not conform to the requirements of this Law.
(2) A court shall terminate legal protection proceedings and
proclaim insolvency proceedings of a legal or natural person:
1) if a case of legal protection proceedings has been
initiated with regard to the debtor for the second time within a
year but implementation of legal protection proceedings has not
been declared;
2) upon receipt of an application of the creditor if the
feature referred to in Paragraph three, Clause 2 of this Section
is present;
3) upon receipt of an application of a representative of the
majority of creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of
this Law if any of the features referred to in Paragraph three of
this Section is present.
(3) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings, if
appointed, has an obligation to immediately inform the creditors
of the following:
1) when implementing the legal protection proceedings, a
debtor has not performed the activities specified in this Law or
has provided false information;
2) the debtor has not implemented the plan of measures of
legal protection proceedings for more than 30 days and has not
submitted the amendments to this plan to the court;
3) the debtor violates the restrictions of action specified in
this Law.
(4) The debtor shall submit the application for the
termination of legal protection proceedings to court, if he or
she has implemented the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings.
(5) The debtor shall submit the application for insolvency
proceedings to the court, concurrently requesting termination of
legal protection proceedings if he or she is unable to honour the
obligations specified in the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings (Section 57, Paragraph one, Clause 9).
(6) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings or
the debtor, if no supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings has been appointed, shall, not later than within five
days after the court has taken the decision to terminate legal
protection proceedings, send a true copy of the abovementioned
decision to the following:
1) the relevant public register, appending an application for
making an entry on the deletion of the notation of
insolvency;
2) the bailiff who is managing the enforcement cases regarding
the recovery of the amounts adjudged but not yet recovered from
the debtor and cases regarding the honouring of the debtor's
obligations through the court.
(7) Paragraph six of this Section is not applied if legal
protection proceedings have been terminated by proclaiming
insolvency proceedings of a legal or natural person.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 16 March 2023 /
See Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 52. Effects of the
Termination of Legal Protection Proceedings
(1) The termination of legal protection proceedings after
implementation of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings is justification for the termination of the
restriction of action of the debtor specified in legal protection
proceedings and of the use of the methods applied in these
proceedings.
(2) If the majority of creditors specified in Section 42,
Paragraph three of this Law have not supported the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings in accordance with the
procedures and within the time limit laid down in this Law and
legal protection proceedings are terminated, the restrictions
referred to in Section 37 of this Law shall be terminated and the
suspended amount of the penalty, interest and late payment
charges for non-honoured obligations are calculated in the full
amount.
Chapter VIII
Extrajudicial Legal Protection Proceedings
Section 53. Extrajudicial Legal
Protection Proceedings
(1) The debtor has the right to concurrently submit an
application for the initiation of a case of legal protection
proceedings and request the court to proclaim the implementation
of legal protection proceedings, if the following conditions
exist:
1) the debtor has drawn up a plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings in accordance with the provisions of
Sections 38 and 40 of this Law;
2) the majority of creditors specified in Section 42,
Paragraph three of this Law have agreed upon the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings;
3) the majority of creditors specified in Section 42,
Paragraph three of this Law who have requested the appointing of
the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings have
agreed with the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings and the debtor on the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings in the plan of measures of extrajudicial
legal protection proceedings;
4) the debtor has received an opinion of the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings (Section 43);
5) the debtor has sent the agreed plan of measures of the
legal protection proceedings to those creditors who have not
agreed upon this plan, concurrently with the submission thereof
for approval to court.
(2) The norms of this Law shall be applied to extrajudicial
legal protection proceedings, unless otherwise laid down in this
Chapter.
(3) The plan of legal protection proceedings in extrajudicial
legal protection proceedings shall not affect the interests of
the tax administration, if the consent of the tax administration
is necessary for the implementation of this plan (Section
38).
[22 December 2016; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 54. Supervisory Person of
Legal Protection Proceedings in Extrajudicial Legal Protection
Proceedings
(1) The supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
shall be appointed by a court in extrajudicial legal protection
proceedings in accordance with:
1) the recommendation of the debtor if the debtor is
requesting an approval of the plan of measures of extrajudicial
legal protection proceedings in accordance with the procedures
laid down in Section 42, Paragraph 3.1 of this
Law;
2) the agreement of the majority of creditors specified in
Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law, the supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings, and the debtor if the majority
of creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law
have requested the appointment of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings.
(2) An agreement of the majority of creditors specified in
Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law with the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings and the debtor on the
choice of the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
(Section 53, Paragraph one, Clause 3) shall be considered reached
if the plan of measures of extrajudicial legal protection process
has been agreed upon by the majority of creditors specified in
Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law.
[22 December 2016; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 55. Effects of the Approval
of a Plan of Measures of Extrajudicial Legal Protection
Proceedings
The effects referred to in Sections 37 and 45 of this Law
shall take effect after the court having approved the plan of
measures of extrajudicial legal protection proceedings.
Division C
Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
Chapter IX
General Provisions of Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal
Person
Section 56. Subjects of Insolvency
Proceedings of a Legal Person
Insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be applied in
respect of a legal person, a partnership, a person registered in
a foreign country who performs permanent economic activity in
Latvia, and the special subjects specified in this Law
(hereinafter in this Division - the debtor).
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 57. Features of Insolvency
Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) Insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be applied
to the debtor if any of the following features of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person exists:
1) the court ruling on the recovery of debt from the debtor
could not have been enforced by applying means of compulsory
execution;
2) the debtor - a limited liability company or a joint-stock
company - has not honoured one or more debt obligations from
which the principal debt amount separately or in total exceeds
EUR 4268 and the deadline of which has expired and the creditor
or creditors have issued or sent a warning paid by the sender to
the legal address of the debtor regarding their intention to
submit the application for the insolvency proceedings of a legal
person, and the debtor has not paid their debt or raised
justified objections to the claim within three weeks following
the handing over of the warning to the postal operator;
3) the debtor - another subject referred to in Section 56 of
this Law - has not honoured one or more debt obligations from
which the principal debt amount separately or in total exceeds
EUR 2134 and the deadline of which has expired and the creditor
or creditors have issued or sent a warning paid by the sender to
the legal address of the debtor regarding their intention to
submit the application for the insolvency proceedings of a legal
person, and the debtor has not paid their debt or raised
justified objections to the claim within three weeks following
the handing over of the warning to the postal operator;
4) the debtor has not paid an employee the work remuneration
in full, compensation for damages in connection with an accident
at work or an occupational disease or has not made the mandatory
social insurance payments within two months after the day
specified for payment. Unless the day of payment of work
remuneration is specified in the employment contract, this day
shall be considered to be the first working day of the following
month;
5) the debtor has not honoured its obligations which are past
due for more than two months;
6) according to the initial financial report of liquidation,
the debtor has insufficient assets to satisfy all the justified
claims of creditors, or this condition is discovered during the
course of liquidation;
7) the condition referred to in Section 51, Paragraph two of
this Law has taken effect;
8) one of the cases referred to in Section 51, Paragraph three
of this Law has taken effect;
9) the condition referred to in Section 51, Paragraph five of
this Law has taken effect.
(2) The handing over of the warning referred to in Paragraph
one, Clauses 2 and 3 of this Section may be proved also with a
statement drawn up by a sworn bailiff stating a refusal to
receive the warning.
[12 September 2013; 25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of
the Transitional Provisions]
Section 58. Publicity of a Case of
Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) The responsible authority shall enter the following
information in the Insolvency Register on a case of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person:
1) the debtor's firm name (name);
2) the debtor's registration number;
3) the debtor's legal address;
4) the date when insolvency proceedings of a legal person have
been declared in the court, the name of the court, the case
number and, if applicable, also the time period within which a
complaint referred to in Article 5 of Regulation No 2015/848 of
the European Parliament and of the Council is to be
submitted;
5) the given name, surname and the number of office
certificate of the administrator appointed to the case;
6) the given name, surname, the number of office certificate
and the period of validity of the authorisation of the authorised
administrator;
7) if applicable, also the given name, surname, address of the
place of practice, telephone number, or electronic mail address
of the administrator involved in the insolvency proceedings
specified in Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the
European Parliament and of the Council;
8) the time limit for the application by creditors;
9) the address, date and time of the creditors' meeting;
10) if applicable, also the type of insolvency proceedings in
accordance with Article 3(1), (2) or (4) of Regulation No
2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
11) the date of the termination of legal protection
proceedings of a legal person, the name of the court, and the
justification;
12) the date of submitting the plan for the sale of a debtor's
property;
13) the date of making the entry.
(2) The information referred to in Paragraph one of this
Section may be published also in other registers, information
systems, or databases.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 59. Appointing of
Administrator to Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) A candidate for the office of the administrator in
specific insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be
selected from the List of Candidates, using an automated
selection provided by the Court Information System.
(2) Information on a candidate for the office of the
administrator who is selected from the List of Candidates, using
automated selection provided by the Court Information System,
shall be communicated to Latvijas Banka if this candidate is
recommended to a financial market participant whose supervision
is performed by Latvijas Banka in accordance with the
requirements of laws and regulations.
[31 May 2018; 16 March 2023]
Chapter X
Application for Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
Section 60. Persons who may Submit
the Application for Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) The application for insolvency proceedings of a legal
person may be submitted in the cases provided for in this Law
by:
1) a creditor or creditors if any of the features of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person referred to in Section
57, Paragraph one, Clause 1, 2, 3, or 4 of this Law exists;
11) a creditor or creditors if the feature referred
to in Section 51, Paragraph three, Clause 2 of this Law is
present;
12) a representative of the majority of creditors
specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law if any of
the features referred to in Section 51, Paragraph three of this
Law is present;
2) the debtor if any of the features of insolvency proceedings
of a legal person referred to in Section 57, Paragraph one,
Clause 5, 6, or 9 of this Law is present;
3) the person referred to in Article 37(1)(a) of Regulation No
2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council in order
to initiate insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(2) of
this Regulation against the debtor;
4) [22 December 2016].
(2) An employee who has or has had employment relationship
with the debtor may submit the application for insolvency
proceedings of a legal person in accordance with the feature of
insolvency proceedings referred to in Section 57, Clause 4 of
this Law.
(3) The debtor has an obligation to submit the application for
insolvency proceedings of a legal person without delay, if any of
the features of insolvency proceedings of a legal person referred
to in Section 57, Paragraph one, Clause 5, 6, or 9 of this Law
exists. If the feature referred to in Section 57, Paragraph one,
Clause 5 of this Law exists, the debtor has an obligation to
submit the application for insolvency proceedings of a legal
person in cases when no agreement has been reached with the
creditors or a case of legal protection proceedings has not been
initiated.
(4) The application for insolvency proceedings of a legal
person shall be submitted to court in accordance with the
procedures laid down in the Civil Procedure Law.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 61. Restrictions on the
Submission of the Application for Insolvency Proceedings of a
Legal Person
(1) A secured creditor may not submit the application for
insolvency proceedings of a legal person.
(11) The prohibition specified in Paragraph one of
this Section shall not apply and the secured creditor is entitled
to submit the application for insolvency proceedings of a legal
person if the Commercial Register Office or tax administration
has taken the decision to terminate the operation of the
company.
(2) If a claim is not secured in full, the application for
insolvency proceedings of a legal person may be submitted by a
secured creditor only to the extent of the non-secured part of
the claim.
(3) A non-secured creditor is not entitled to submit the
application for insolvency proceedings of a legal person, if
legal protection proceedings have been initiated or are being
initiated in respect of the debtor.
[16 March 2023]
Section 62. Deposit for Insolvency
Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) A precondition for the submission of the application for
insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be the payment of
a deposit for insolvency proceedings of a legal person in the
amount of two minimum monthly wages into an account specially
created by the Insolvency Control Service.
(2) The objective of the deposit for insolvency proceedings of
a legal person is to meet the costs of insolvency proceedings of
a legal person if the debtor has no property or its value is
lower than the deposit amount, and the creditors have not decided
to use another source of financing.
(21) The administrator has an obligation,
immediately after declaration of insolvency proceedings of a
legal person but not later than until submission of the
application for the termination of insolvency proceedings of a
legal person to the court, to submit a submission to the
Insolvency Control Service for the disbursement of a deposit for
insolvency proceedings of a legal person if insolvency
proceedings of a legal person have been declared according to the
debtor's application for insolvency proceedings.
(3) The deposit may be used if the debtor has no property or
its value is lower than the deposit amount and insolvency
proceedings of a legal person are terminated based on the
creditors having not decided on the use of another source of
financing.
(4) If insolvency proceedings of a legal person are not
proclaimed or are financed from debtor's funds, or creditors
decide to continue insolvency proceedings of a legal person, the
deposit shall be repayable to the submitter of the application
for insolvency proceedings of a legal person.
(5) The deposit for insolvency proceedings of a legal person
is not repaid to the submitter of the application for insolvency
proceedings of a legal person in the following cases:
1) the application for insolvency proceedings of a legal
person has been unjustified or deliberately false;
2) the creditor, upon receiving the settlement of the claim
thereof, does not revoke the application for insolvency
proceedings of a legal person and the court holds a sitting for
the examination of the case of the insolvency proceedings of a
legal person;
3) if an application for the disbursement of a deposit for
insolvency proceedings of a legal person is not submitted within
a year after occurrence of the cases referred to in Paragraph
three or four of this Section;
4) if the administrator fails to perform the duty specified in
Paragraph 2.1 of this Section until submission of an application
for the termination of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
to the court.
(6) In the cases specified in Paragraph five of this Section,
the deposit paid shall be transferred to the Treasury.
(7) [22 December 2016]
(71) A court may fully or partly exempt an employee
from the payment of the insolvency proceedings deposit, if he or
she submits the application for insolvency proceedings after that
when, by applying enforcement measures, it was not possible to
fulfil a court ruling on the recovery of debt from the debtor,
and the employee, taking into account his or her financial
situation, is not able to pay in the insolvency proceedings
deposit.
(72) If costs of the insolvency proceedings of a
legal person cannot be covered from debtor's funds in the case
referred to in Paragraph 7.1 of this Section and the
creditors have not decided to use another source of financing,
the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be
covered from the funds of the employee claim guarantee fund.
(73) [31 May 2018 / See Paragraph 65 of
Transitional Provisions]
(74) In the case referred to in Paragraph
7.1 of this Section, the costs of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person are covered according to the
procedures and in the amounts equal to the payment of the deposit
for insolvency proceedings of a legal person.
(8) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures by which a
deposit for insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be
paid into the account specially created by the Insolvency Control
Service and disbursed to the submitter of the application for
insolvency proceedings of a legal person, the administrator, or
to the Treasury.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018 / The
norm of Paragraph one regarding payment of insolvency proceedings
deposit insofar as it is applicable to the employees whose sole
means of legal protection are proclamation of the employer as
insolvent has been recognised as non-conforming to the first
sentence of Section 92 of the Constitution of the Republic of
Latvia by the Constitution Court judgment of 20 April 2012 which
shall enter into effect on 24 April 2012. Amendment to Paragraph
7.2 shall come into force on 1 January 2019. See
Paragraph 65 of Transitional Provisions]
Chapter XI
Effects of the Proclamation of Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal
Person
Section 63. Effects of the
Proclamation of Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) After proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person:
1) the debtor shall lose the right to act with all his or her
property, and also with the property of third persons that is in
the possession or holding of the debtor, and such a right shall
be acquired by the administrator;
2) the activity of the administrative bodies of the debtor is
suspended and the administration of the debtor is performed by
the administrator;
3) the increase in interest for the use of the loan (credit),
the lawful increase in interest, the increase in the penalty
(including the penalty increment expressed in per cent), the
increase in the late payment charges (the calculation of the late
payment charges which are determined as an interest payment for
missing the deadline for the payment of tax, fee, and fine
payments, including the calculation of the late payment charges
which have been calculated as unlawful aid for commercial
activity, is suspended for tax claims), and the increase in the
interest for the recovery of unlawful aid for commercial activity
ceases;
4) two months from the day after proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, a secured creditor is prohibited
from requesting the sale of the debtor's pledged property.
(2) If enforcement of a judgment is commenced prior to the
proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal person, it
shall be terminated in accordance with the procedures laid down
in the Civil Procedure Law. After proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, the creditors shall submit claims
to the administrator in accordance with the procedures laid down
in this Law.
(3) The obligations of the debtor whose period of honouring
has taken effect after the day when insolvency proceedings of a
legal person have been proclaimed shall be considered to be such
whose period of honouring has taken effect on the day of the
proclamation of insolvency proceedings of the legal person.
(4) The judgement of the court proclaiming insolvency
proceedings of a legal person is the grounds for a stay of
proceedings in claims that have been raised against the debtor
and which are financial in nature.
(5) The judgement of the court proclaiming insolvency
proceedings of a legal person is the grounds for revoking the
securing of claims in accordance with the procedures laid down in
the Civil Procedure Law.
[25 September 2014; 16 March 2023]
Section 64. Powers of the
Administrator after Proclamation of Insolvency Proceedings of a
Legal Person
(1) After proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person:
1) the administrator has all the rights, duties, and
responsibilities of administrative bodies provided for in laws
and regulations, the articles of association of the debtor, or in
contracts;
2) the administrator shall, not later than until the drawing
up of the plan for the sale of the property or the report on the
non-existence of the property, decide on the continuation of
economic activity of the debtor to full or limited extent if the
continuation of this activity is economically justified, or on
the termination thereof;
3) the administrator shall make regular tax and fee payments
in accordance with the procedures laid down in laws and
regulations;
4) the administrator, if necessary, shall submit an
application to the relevant public registers for the entry or
deletion of a notation of insolvency, appending a copy of the
court decision on the appointment of the administrator.
(2) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor in another Member
State and the administrator involved therein operates in Latvia,
without commencing the insolvency proceedings specified in
Article 3(2) of this Regulation, the administrator involved in
the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council shall ensure that a properly certified copy of the ruling
on the declaration of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
and the appointment of the administrator, and also the
translation of this ruling into the official language certified
in accordance with the specified procedures, are submitted to the
relevant competent persons and authorities of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person.
[31 May 2018 / See Paragraph 67 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 65. Duties of the
Administrator after Proclamation of Insolvency Proceedings of a
Legal Person
After proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person, the administrator shall:
1) without delay take the decision to determine a
representative or representatives of the debtor in the case of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person and submit this decision
to court, and also send it to the representative or
representatives of the debtor;
2) without delay commence full inventory of the documents and
debtor's property and draw up the balance of the debtor;
3) accept, register, and check claims of creditors;
4) without delay take into their administration all debtor's
property, and also the property in possession or holding of the
debtor that belongs to third persons;
5) in accordance with the procedures laid down and within the
time limits specified in this Law, provide his or her operational
report to the creditors and the Insolvency Control Service;
6) recover the debts of debtors and take legal actions for the
recovery of debtor's other property;
7) in the cases and in accordance with the procedures laid
down in laws and regulations, address the Insolvency Control
Service with a submission for the settlement of the claims of
employees from the funds of the employee claim guarantee fund.
The Cabinet shall determine the amount of remuneration of the
administrator for the submission of employees' claims and the
procedures by which this shall be paid;
8) evaluate and bring an action in a court against the members
of the administrative bodies of a legal person and the
participants (shareholders) of a capital company for the
compensation of the losses caused thereby, and also against the
personally responsible members of a partnership in connection
with their responsibility for the liabilities of the partnership
with their property;
9) request the participants (shareholders) of the debtor to
honour their obligations in respect of the basic capital or
debtor's other property, and submit claims to court for the
honouring of such obligations;
10) if Latvijas Banka supervises activities of financial
market participants in accordance with the requirements of laws
and regulations, at least once a year inform the known creditors
of the course of insolvency proceedings of a legal person by
sending an individual notification to the creditors whose place
of residence or legal address is in a foreign country, and also a
notification to the Insolvency Control Service;
11) ensure the evaluation of the property included in the plan
for the sale of debtor's property;
12) submit an application to the bailiff for the termination
of the enforcement proceedings in cases regarding the recovery of
the amounts adjudged but not yet recovered from the debtor and
cases regarding the honouring of debtor's obligations through the
court;
13) hand over debtor's documents to the State archives for
storage, including:
a) debtor's instructions regarding the personnel (the
employment of persons, the transfer to other employment and the
dismissal from employment);
b) debtor's registration journal (register) of personnel
instructions;
c) the employment contracts of the debtor's employees with
whom employment legal relationships have been terminated (unless
they are in the relevant personal files) and work-record books
(unless they are with the relevant employees);
d) debtor's documents regarding social tax payments until 1
January 1997;
e) investigative statements or opinions and investigative
material in respect of accidents at work;
14) perform other obligations specified in this Law.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023]
Section 66. Obligations of the
Administrator in Insolvency Proceedings which have been Initiated
in Accordance with Regulation No 2015/848 of the European
Parliament and of the Council
(1) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor in another Member
State, the person referred to in Article 29(1) of this Regulation
shall inform the relevant public registers of the initiation of
insolvency proceedings against the debtor when performing
activities in Latvia which are related to the recovery and
alienation of debtor's property. Information shall be accompanied
by a properly certified copy of the ruling on the initiation of
insolvency proceedings against the debtor and the appointment of
the administrator involved in the insolvency proceedings
specified in Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the
European Parliament and of the Council, and also a translation of
this ruling into the official language certified in accordance
with the specified procedures.
(2) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor in another Member
State and the debtor owns an establishment in Latvia within the
meaning of Article 2(10) of this Regulation, the person referred
to in Article 28(1) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the European
Parliament and of the Council shall, within five days from the
day when the administrator involved in the insolvency proceedings
specified in Article 3(1) of this Regulation has commenced
activities which are related to the recovery and alienation of
the property of the debtor's establishment, submit an application
for insolvency proceedings of the debtor - legal person - to the
responsible institution which makes entries in the Insolvency
Register. The following shall be indicated in the
application:
1) the firm name and registration number of the debtor;
2) the name of the court and the day when the ruling was
rendered;
3) the given name, surname, address of the place of practice,
telephone number, or electronic mail address of the administrator
involved in the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1)
of Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council;
4) the fact that the insolvency proceedings specified in
Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament
and of the Council have been initiated against the debtor;
5) the Member State whose laws and regulations are applicable
to the initiation, conduct and termination of insolvency
proceedings.
(3) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against a debtor in another Member
State, the person referred to in Article 28(2) of this Regulation
is entitled, when performing activities in Latvia which are
related to the recovery and alienation of debtor's property, to
submit an application to the responsible institution for the
making of an entry in the Insolvency Register by indicating the
information referred to in Paragraph two of this Section.
(4) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) or
(2) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of
the Council have been initiated against the debtor in Latvia, the
administrator shall, within five days after declaration of the
insolvency of the debtor, send to the creditors whose place of
residence or legal address is in another Member State a
notification on the insolvency of the debtor and submission of
the claims of creditors in accordance with the procedures laid
down in the relevant Regulation. The following shall also be
indicated in the notification:
1) the firm name and registration number of the debtor;
2) the name of the court, the day of proclaiming of the
judgement, the case number and the time period within which the
complaint specified in Article 39 of Regulation No 2015/848 of
the European Parliament and of the Council should be
submitted;
3) the given name, surname, address of the place of practice,
telephone number, or electronic mail address of the
administrator;
4) the type of the initiated insolvency proceedings in
accordance with Article 3(1), (2), or (4) of Regulation No
2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
5) the Member State the laws and regulations of which are
applicable to the initiation, conduct, and termination of
insolvency proceedings;
6) that information as to whether the claim is secured with
rights in rem is to be included in the claim of the creditor.
(5) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(2) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor in Latvia, the
administrator shall cooperate with the administrator involved in
the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of this
Regulation, provide the information necessary for the
administration of the insolvency proceedings upon request of the
administrator, also information on the debtor's property which is
located in Latvia, on the measures planned or to be implemented
for the recovery and alienation of the property, on the submitted
claims of creditors, recognised and non-recognised claims of
creditors and complaints in connection with claims, on the
grouping of creditors, the settled claims of creditors,
creditors' meetings, on the course, solutions, and measures of
the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(2) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council, the division of property and money surplus.
(6) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor in Latvia, the
administrator shall follow the insolvency proceedings specified
in Article 3(2) of this Regulation and initiated against the
debtor in another Member State and, if necessary, request
information from the administrator involved in the insolvency
proceedings specified in Article 3(2) of the relevant Regulation,
inform the administrator of other insolvency proceedings
specified in Article 3(2) of this Regulation and initiated
against the debtor, and the important aspects of these
proceedings.
[31 May 2018]
Section 67. Rights of the
Administrator after Proclamation of Insolvency Proceedings of a
Legal Person
(1) In addition to the general rights of the administrator
specified in this Law, the administrator has the following rights
after proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person:
1) to alienate debtor's property in accordance with the
procedures laid down in this Law;
2) to liquidate branches or representation offices of the
debtor;
3) to hand over any claim of the debtor to the court for
examination;
4) to insure the transactions of the debtor and the property
owned by the debtor;
5) without special authorisation to compile and sign any
document on behalf of the debtor;
6) to appoint officials for the performance of the
administrative work of the debtor and determine their competence,
and to hire and dismiss from work employees, including those who
were employed before the day of the proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person;
7) to cover the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person (Section 168, Paragraph three);
8) to lease (rent) out any debtor's property, and also to
lease (rent) any property, if such is in the interests of the
body of creditors;
9) to renounce any claim, or to enter into any settlement in
the name of the debtor with respect to claims of the debtor
against third persons;
10) to submit an application for the proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person of any such third person
as has debt obligations against the debtor, and to represent the
claims of the debtor, if insolvency proceedings of a legal person
are proclaimed on the basis of such an application;
11) to change the registered legal address of the debtor;
12) to request that the creditor submits the translation of
the claim and substantiating documents thereof into the official
language, certified in accordance with the specified
procedures;
13) to invite specialists in order to ensure efficient and
lawful insolvency proceedings of a legal person and to cover the
costs related thereto by consent of the creditors' meeting from
the funds of the debtor or other funds of the insolvency
proceedings of a legal person;
14) to request the bailiff to suspend advertised auctions, if
the debtor's property is planned to be sold in its entirety;
15) within three months after date of submitting the claim of
a creditor, to raise a reversed claim against the creditor by
requesting the court to impose a temporary protective measure
against this creditor - removing its voting rights, in order to
contest the claim based on a court ruling regarding undisputed
enforcement of obligations or compulsory enforcement of
obligations according to the warning procedures, if there is
reasonable doubt that the claim of the creditor is based on a
court ruling that has taken effect within the three years
preceding the date of proclaiming insolvency proceedings of a
legal person;
16) after preparation of the plan for the sale of the debtor's
property, to request that the court terminates the proceedings in
the actions on the exclusion of the debtor as a member of a
different company which have been brought in accordance with
Sections 136.1 and 195 of the Commercial Law.
(2) When exercising the right to invite a specialist provided
for in Paragraph one, Clause 13 of this Section, a transaction
shall be concluded in writing by specifying, as a minimum, the
following information:
1) the parties to the transaction;
2) a description of the activities for which the specialist is
to be remunerated;
3) the amount of the remuneration determined for the
specialist.
[25 September 2014; 16 March 2023 / Paragraph one, Clause
16 regarding the right of the administrator to request that the
court terminates the proceedings in the actions on the exclusion
of the debtor as a member of a different company which have been
brought in accordance with Sections 136.1 and 195 of
the Commercial Law shall come into force on 1 July 2023. See
Paragraph 84 of Transitional Provisions]
Chapter XII
Representative of Debtor and Interested Persons with Respect to
the Debtor
Section 68. Representative of
Debtor
(1) The administrator shall appoint a representative of the
debtor whose participation at insolvency proceedings is mandatory
in conformity with the following order:
1) a member of an executive body who is entitled to represent
the debtor separately;
2) another member of an executive body;
3) the head of a supervisory body;
4) another member of a supervisory body;
5) a participant (shareholder), who has the greatest number of
votes.
(2) The member who has representative rights shall be
appointed as the representative of the debtor in a partnership,
but if there is no such member, the member with administrative
rights shall be appointed.
(3) The administrator may appoint another person as the
representative of the debtor, if he or she can provide the
information specified in this Law on the debtor and his or her
activities and if the persons specified in Paragraphs one and two
of this Section are unable to provide the abovementioned
information due to objective reasons.
(4) If the representative of the debtor is unable to fulfil
his or her obligations due to objective circumstances, another
person referred to in this Section shall be appointed as the
representative of the debtor.
(5) The administrator shall send the decision to appoint the
representative of the debtor to the court without delay.
(6) The administrator need not take the decision to appoint a
new representative of the debtor, if the representative of the
debtor has died and another representative of the debtor cannot
be appointed.
(7) The decision to appoint the representative of the debtor
may be appealed to a court by the person who has been appointed
as the representative of the debtor. The complaint shall be
submitted within three weeks from the day on which the decision
came to the knowledge of the relevant person.
Section 69. Rights of the
Representative of the Debtor
The representative of the debtor has the following rights:
1) to become acquainted with the submitted claims of creditors
and to express objections against them to the administrator;
2) to request and receive information on the sale of debtor's
property;
3) to participate in the creditors' meeting and become
acquainted with the minutes thereof;
4) to request the administrator to convene a creditors'
meeting in accordance with the procedures laid down in this
Law;
5) to draw up the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings;
6) to submit a complaint regarding the decision of a
creditors' meeting or the administrator or bring an action to
court in accordance with the procedures laid down in this
Law;
7) to use the System in accordance with the procedures and to
the extent laid down in laws and regulations when exercising the
rights granted in the law and fulfilling the obligations
specified in the law.
[31 May 2018 / Clause 7 shall come into force on 15 April
2019. See Paragraph 63 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 70. Obligations of the
Representative of the Debtor
(1) The obligations of the representative of the debtor are to
attend all the creditors' meetings and court sittings to which
they have been invited, and also to provide all information at
the disposal thereof on the debtor.
(2) By a deed of acceptance and delivery, the representative
of the debtor shall transfer to the administrator the entire
debtor's property and its organisational, personal and accounting
documents, orders, statements, reports and lists, and also the
stamp and seal of the debtor, within the time limit specified by
the administrator which shall be not less than three days and not
longer than 10 days after the day of proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person. The representative of the debtor
has an obligation to prepare a list of the property and documents
of the debtor to be handed over. The representative of the debtor
shall hand over documents to the administrator after having
arranged them according to the record-keeping rules.
(3) If the representative of the debtor changes his or her
place of residence during the insolvency proceedings of a legal
person, he or she has an obligation to notify the administrator
and the court of the address of the new place of residence
without delay.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016]
Section 71. Obligation of the
Representative of the Debtor to Provide Information to the
Administrator and the Court
(1) The representative of the debtor has the obligation to
provide the information requested by the court or administrator
on the debtor without delay, but not later than within 10 days
after the day of sending the request.
(2) If the information requested is not at the disposal of the
debtor, he or she shall inform the administrator or court
accordingly without delay, indicating the reasons why this
information is not at the disposal thereof.
(3) The representative of the debtor shall submit the
requested information or the appropriate notification that he or
she is unable to submit in writing the information requested,
certifying this with his or her signature.
(4) If the administrator has sent a request to provide
information, to the address of the place of residence of the
debtor's representative by registered mail, it shall be
considered that the debtor's representative has received this
request on the seventh day after sending and that the content
thereof is known to him or her.
Section 72. Interested Persons in
Relation to the Debtor
(1) The following persons shall be considered as interested
persons in relation to the debtor:
1) the participants (shareholders) of the debtor or members of
a partnership, members of an administrative body;
2) the proctor and person with a commercial power of
attorney;
3) the person who is married to or is in relation or affinity
to the second degree with the founder, participant (shareholder)
of the debtor, or member of a partnership or member of an
administrative body;
4) a creditor who is in one group of companies with the
debtor.
(2) The persons referred to in this Paragraph shall be
recognised as interested persons in relation to the debtor, if
they have been in this status for the last five years before the
day when the insolvency proceedings of the debtor were
proclaimed.
Chapter XII.1 Liability
of the Members of Executive Board
[25 September 2014 / See
Paragraph 34 of the Transitional Provisions]
Section 72.1 Liability of
the Members of Executive Board for the Failure to Provide
Documents
(1) Members of the executive board of the debtor - a capital
company - shall be jointly liable for the losses incurred by the
debtor if they have failed to provide the debtor's accounting
documents to the administrator of insolvency proceedings, or the
documents are in a state which does not allow obtaining a true
and fair view of the debtor's transactions and the state of
property within the last three years preceding the proclamation
of insolvency proceedings.
(2) In the cases referred to in Paragraph one of this Section,
the amount of losses incurred by the debtor are the claims of
creditors in the amount of principal debt that have been
recognised in the debtor's insolvency proceedings and that cannot
be satisfied within the scope of the debtor's insolvency
proceedings.
(3) In insolvency proceedings, the administrator of insolvency
proceedings shall raise a claim against a member of the executive
board on behalf of the debtor. The creditor has the right to
enter into the case in the capacity of a third person in
accordance with the procedures laid down in the Civil Procedure
Law. If the administrator has raised no such claim, the creditor
is entitled to raise it within one year after completion of
insolvency proceedings in the amount of the claim that has not
been satisfied.
(4) A court may reduce the indemnification amount for which a
member of the executive board is liable, taking into
consideration his or her influence on the circumstances referred
to in Paragraph one of this Section.
(5) The provisions of this Section shall also apply to legal
representatives of the subjects of insolvency proceedings of
other legal persons who are responsible for the accounting
records of the legal person and the storage of all documents
certifying all economic transactions.
Chapter XIII
Claims of Creditors
Section 73. Submission of Claims of
Creditors
(1) Claims of creditors against the debtor shall be submitted
to the administrator within one month from the day when the entry
has been made in the register on the proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of the debtor.
(2) If a creditor has missed the deadline for the submission
of a claim referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, he or
she may submit his or her claim against the debtor within a time
period not exceeding six months from the day when the entry has
been made in the Insolvency Register on the proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of the debtor, but not later than until
the day when the plan for settling the claims of creditors or the
report on the non-existence of the property, by which the
termination of the insolvency proceedings of a legal person has
been proposed, has been drawn up in accordance with the
procedures laid down in this Law. After this time limit, a
limitation period sets in, thereby the creditor shall lose his or
her creditor status and his or her rights to claim against the
debtor.
(21) If the application of the creditor has been
submitted within the time limit specified in Paragraph one or two
of this Section, the creditor has the right, until the day when
the plan for settling the claims of creditors or the report on
the non-existence of the property, by which the termination of
the insolvency proceedings of a legal person has been proposed,
has been drawn up in accordance with the procedures laid down in
this Law, to clarify the claim of the creditor in case where, due
to circumstances not attributable to the actions of the creditor,
the amount of the claim of the creditor has changed without
changing the grounds for the claim of the creditor. After this
time limit, a limitation period shall set in and the creditor
shall lose his or her creditor status and his or her rights to
claim against the debtor.
(3) If a creditor has missed the time limit for the submission
of a claim referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, but has
submitted his or her claim within six months from the day when
the entry has been made in the Insolvency Register on the
proclamation of insolvency proceedings of the debtor, but not
later than until the day when the plan for settling the claims of
creditors or the report on the non-existence of the property, by
which the termination of the insolvency proceedings of a legal
person has been proposed, has been drawn up in accordance with
the procedures laid down in this Law, the creditor in question
shall be included in the Register of Claims of Creditors,
however, this creditor is not granted voting rights.
(31) The creditors have the right to submit a claim
of a creditor against the debtor through the System within the
time limit specified in Paragraphs one, two, and three of this
Section.
(4) In their submission, the creditors shall indicate:
1) the grounds for the claim;
2) the type of claim;
3) the amount of the claim, separately referring to the amount
of the main claim and the amount of the ancillary claim;
4) the time the claim arose;
5) whether the creditor is recognised as an interested person
within the meaning of Section 72 of this Law;
51) whether the creditor is recognised as a
creditor whose right to claim against the debtor is conditional,
and also the claim amount and the date (if any) by which the
condition should materialise;
6) the contact information, including electronic mail
address;
7) the bank account number.
(41) [Paragraph shall come into force on 1 July
2024 and shall be included in the wording of the Law as of 1 July
2024 / See Paragraph 85 of Transitional Provisions]
(5) The secured creditor shall, when submitting a claim of a
creditor, indicate the amount for which the claim is secured. The
secured creditor whose right to claim against a third person is
secured by a commercial pledge, or mortgage on the debtor's
property registered in the Land Register or Ship Register shall,
when submitting the claim of a creditor, state the value of the
debtor's property serving as a security (pledged) as on the date
of proclamation of insolvency proceedings.
(6) Documents substantiating the claim shall be appended to
the submission. In exceptional cases when the number of
substantiating documents significantly hinders the submission of
a claim, the creditor may, by agreeing with the administrator
before submitting the claim, not submit the derivatives of the
substantiating documents, if the documents substantiating the
claim are at the disposal of the debtor and there is no dispute
between the debtor and the creditor regarding rights. The tax
authority need not submit the derivatives of the documents
substantiating the claim if the information justifying the claim
can be obtained by the administrator from the Electronic
Declaration System of the State Revenue Service.
(61) If the claim of a creditor is based on the
court ruling on the undisputed enforcement of obligations or
compulsory enforcement of obligations according to the warning
procedures, the creditor shall append a true copy and other
documents substantiating the claim to the submission referred to
in Paragraph four of this Section.
(7) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) or
(2) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of
the Council have been initiated against the debtor in Latvia, the
debtor's creditor whose place of residence or legal address is in
another Member State shall submit the claim of a creditor. The
information specified in Articles 41 and 42 of the abovementioned
Regulation shall be indicated in the claim. The administrator
shall convert a claim of a creditor in foreign currency into
euros according to the exchange rate applied for accounting
purposes on the date of proclamation of insolvency proceedings of
a legal person.
(8) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) or
(2) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of
the Council have been initiated against the debtor in Latvia and
the administrator, in the interests of the creditors of these
proceedings, submits claims of creditors in insolvency
proceedings initiated against the debtor in another Member State,
prior to submitting the claim he or she shall send a notification
to each creditor with a request to agree to the submission of the
claim of a creditor in other proceedings. If the creditor has not
provided a written response to the administrator within three
weeks after sending the notification, it shall be considered that
he or she has rejected the offer to submit his or her claim to
other proceedings. If the administrator has not informed the
creditor, the creditor is entitled to revoke the claim submitted
in his or her interests by submitting a retraction to the
administrator. The administrator shall withdraw the claim of a
creditor within two weeks after receipt of the retraction.
(9) The Insolvency Control Service shall exercise the right to
claim with regard to the repayment of the funds allocated thereto
which have been disbursed from the State budget funds for
settling claims of employees. When exercising the right to claim
for settling claims of employees in the amount of the disbursed
funds, the provisions of this Law regarding the time limit for
the submission of the claims of creditors and the recognition or
non-recognition of the claims of creditors are not applicable to
the Insolvency Control Service.
(10) A claim by the Insolvency Control Service to repay the
funds allocated by it for settling the claims of employees shall
be entered into the Register of Claims of Creditors when the
Insolvency Control Service has disbursed the amounts allocated
for settling claims of employees.
(11) The claims of tax authority raised after the date of
proclamation of insolvency proceedings and directly related to
the debtor's transactions made up to the date when insolvency
proceedings were proclaimed shall be filed as claims of a
creditor in accordance with the procedures laid down in this
Law.
(12) Creditors have an obligation to inform the administrator
of any changes in the information referred to in Paragraph four,
Clause 6 of this Section.
[12 September 2013; 25 September 2014; 31 May 2018; 16
March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 74. Inspection of the Claims
of Creditors
(1) The administrator shall inspect the validity of the claims
of creditors and the conformity thereof with the requirements of
laws and regulations.
(2) If a claim of a creditor does not meet the requirements of
laws and regulations, including if that specified in Section 73,
Paragraph four of this Law is not indicated in the claim of the
creditor, the administrator shall send a request to the creditor
without delay to eliminate the deficiencies established within 10
days from sending of the request by the administrator. If that
specified in Section 73, Paragraph four, Clause 6 of this Law is
not indicated in the claim of the creditor, the administrator
shall, without delay, send the creditor a request to eliminate
the established deficiencies within 10 days from the day when the
consignment is handed over to the postal operator. If the
creditor eliminates the deficiencies by this deadline, it shall
be considered that the claim of the creditor has been submitted
within the specified time limit. If the creditor does not rectify
the deficiencies within the specified time limit, the
administrator shall take the decision to not recognise the claim
of the creditor or to recognise it partially within 10 days from
expiry of the deadline given for the elimination of
deficiencies.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 75. Administrator's Decision
on the Claims of Creditors
(1) After inspection of the claims of creditors, the
administrator shall take a justified decision to recognise, not
recognise or recognise partially the claim of a creditor. The
administrator shall not fully or partially recognise a claim of a
creditor regarding which a dispute exists between the debtor and
creditor.
(2) The administrator may not recognise or partially recognise
a claim of a creditor which has been established by a court
ruling only if there is evidence that the debtor has honoured his
or her obligations fully or partially at the moment of entry into
effect of the court ruling.
(21) The administrator may not recognise a claim of
the secured creditor against a third person that is secured by a
commercial pledge, or mortgage on the debtor's property
registered in the Land Register or Ship Register and is
conditional, if there is reasonable doubt that the condition
would materialise.
(3) A ruling of the arbitration court, in terms of legal
outcome, shall be comparable to a court ruling if the writ of
execution issued by the court is appended thereto.
(4) If the administrator has not recognised the claim of a
creditor, the relevant claim is excluded from the Register of
Claims of Creditors in the following cases:
1) the time limit for the submission of a complaint has
expired, and the complaint has not been submitted;
2) the time limit for the submission of a statement of claim
for the examination of a dispute regarding rights has expired,
and the statement of claim has not been submitted;
3) the time limit for the submission of a request for the
renewal of proceedings has expired, and the request has not been
submitted.
(41) Until the moment when a court has examined a
complaint regarding a decision of the administrator or a
statement of claim for the examination of a dispute regarding
rights, the claim of the relevant creditor shall be included in
the Register of Claims of Creditors but this creditor shall not
be granted the right to vote.
(5) The decision of the administrator not to recognise a claim
of a creditor or to recognise it partly shall, within three days
after the taking thereof, be sent to the relevant creditor
electronically to the electronic mail address specified in
Section 73, Paragraph four, Clause 6 of this Law, drawing up a
document in accordance with the requirements for drawing up of
electronic documents specified in laws and regulations. It shall
be considered that the addressee has received the relevant
decision on the third day after the sending thereof. In doubts
arise, the administrator must prove that the document has been
sent.
(51) If the decision of the administrator not to
recognise a claim of a creditor or to recognise it partly cannot
be sent in accordance with the procedures laid down in Paragraph
five of this Law or the administrator has not received an
acknowledgement of receipt of the document from the addressee, it
shall be sent as a registered postal item which is considered to
be received on the seventh day after delivery thereof to the post
office. If doubts arise, the administrator must prove when the
consignment was handed over to the postal merchant.
(6) The administrator shall take the decision to recognise,
not to recognise, or to recognise partly the claim of a creditor
within seven days after receipt of this claim. The administrator
shall take the decision to recognise, not to recognise, or to
recognise partly the claim of a creditor of a debtor's employee
within 15 days after receipt of this claim.
(7) If a claim is submitted after expiry of the time limit for
the submission of the claims of creditors, the administrator
shall take the decision to recognise, not to recognise, or to
recognise partly the claim of the relevant creditor not later
than within 15 days after receipt of the claim of the
creditor.
(8) If newly discovered circumstances or documents regarding a
claim of a creditor come at the disposal of the administrator for
which a decision has already been taken, the administrator is
entitled to amend or revoke this decision, but not later than by
the day when the plan for settling the claims of creditors has
been drawn up in accordance with the procedures laid down in this
Law. When revoking the initial decision, the administrator shall
take a new decision in accordance with the procedures laid down
in this Section in conformity with the time limit for the
application of the claims of creditors specified in Section 73 of
this Law.
(9) After a court has examined a complaint regarding the
decision of the administrator to recognise, not to recognise, or
to recognise partly a claim of a creditor, the administrator
shall, if necessary, within five working days after receipt of
the court decision, take the decision to recognise, not to
recognise, or to recognise partly the claim of the creditor.
(10) If the decision of the administrator to recognise, not to
recognise, or to recognise partly the claim of the creditor is
drawn up in writing, it shall include the following:
1) the firm name (name), registration number and legal address
of the debtor;
2) the applied claim of the creditor (amount and type);
3) the indication on the recognition, non-recognition, or
partial recognition of the applied claim of the creditor;
4) if the claim of the creditor has been recognised fully or
partly - the recognised amount and the type of the claim, and
also the fact whether the creditor is to be granted the right to
vote in accordance with conditions of Section 87 of this Law;
5) if the claim of the creditor has not been recognised fully
or partly - the amount not recognised and the type of the claim,
and also the grounds for non-recognition and the fact whether
there is a possible dispute regarding rights;
6) the information on procedures and time limit for appealing
the decision;
7) any other information, if necessary.
(11) If the administrator receives evidence from the persons
involved in insolvency proceedings which attests to the fact of
forgery of a document supporting a claim of creditors - the
relevant document shall not be taken into account when deciding
on the claim of a creditor, and information shall be provided to
the responsible State authorities, but if the decision has
already been taken - the need to take a new decision shall be
assessed.
(12) If the administrator receives evidence from law
enforcement authorities which attests to the fact of forgery of a
document supporting a claim of creditors - the relevant document
shall not be taken into account when deciding on the claim of a
creditor, but if the decision has already been taken - the need
to take a new decision shall be assessed.
(13) The administrator shall hand over the original document
which is possibly forged to a forensic expert-examination
institution for performing an expert examination if the person
involved in insolvency proceedings requests a forensic
expert-examination institution to perform an expert examination.
If the document is handed over for the performance of an expert
examination, a certified copy thereof shall be left in place
thereof.
(14) A person involved in insolvency proceedings who is
requesting an expert examination shall cover the expenditures
related to the performance of the expert examination and the
production of the derivative of the document specified in
Paragraph thirteen of this Section.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018]
Section 76. Decision to Grant the
Status of Non-Secured Creditor to a Secured Creditor after Sale
of Pledged Property
(1) If, when selling the debtor's pledged property, the
received amount of money does not cover the claims of the secured
creditors, the relevant creditors shall, after the decision of
the administrator is taken, acquire the status of non-secured
creditor for the non-secured part of the claim.
(2) If a secured creditor has submitted his or her claim to
the administrator within the time limit specified in Section 73,
Paragraph one of this Law, the voting rights for the part of the
claim not covered shall be granted to the secured creditor in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 87 of this
Law.
(3) The amount of the main claim not covered and the ancillary
claim not covered shall be indicated separately in the
administrator's decision.
(4) The administrator shall take a decision and send it to the
creditor within five days from the day when the funds acquired
from the sale have been transferred to the creditor.
Section 77. Grouping of the Claims
of Creditors
The administrator shall divide the submitted claims of
creditors into the two following groups:
1) claims of secured creditors;
2) claims of non-secured creditors.
Section 78. Register of Claims of
Creditors
(1) The administrator shall keep the Register of Claims of
Creditors.
(2) The administrator shall enter the following information in
the Register of Claims of Creditors:
1) the creditor's firm name (name) or the given name, surname,
registration number or personal identity number, contact
information of that creditor which has submitted the claim of the
creditor;
2) a note on the recognition or non-recognition of the claim
of the creditor;
3) the grounds for the claim of the creditor;
4) the time the claim of the creditor arose;
5) the type of the claim of the creditor;
6) the amount of the claim of the creditor (the amount of the
main claim and ancillary claim);
7) the number of votes of the creditor at a creditors'
meeting;
8) the note on the imposition of provisional protection on the
creditor, indicating the provisional remedy imposed by the
court.
(3) The administrator shall, within seven days after expiry of
the time limit specified in Section 73, Paragraph one of this Law
and in accordance with the procedures laid down in this Law, send
the Register of Claims of Creditors to the creditors, the
representative of the debtor, the Insolvency Control Service, and
the court which has declared the relevant insolvency
proceedings.
(4) The administrator shall, within five days, inform the
creditors, the representative of the debtor, the Insolvency
Control Service, and the court which has declared the relevant
insolvency proceedings of any changes in the Register of Claims
of Creditors.
[31 May 2018]
Section 79. Right to Become
Acquainted with the Register of Claims of Creditors
(1) Any person who has submitted a claim of a creditor, the
Insolvency Control Service, and the representative of the debtor
have the right to become acquainted with the Register of Claims
of Creditors.
(2) Each creditor who has submitted a claim of a creditor, and
the representative of the debtor has the right to become
acquainted with the claims submitted by the creditors and the
evidence for the grounds thereof, commencing from the eighth day
after expiry of the time limit for the submission of the claims
of creditors.
(3) The right specified in Paragraph two of this Section may
be exercised by the administrator involved in the insolvency
proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848
of the European Parliament and of the Council and initiated
against the debtor in another Member State, but the administrator
involved in the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(2)
of this Regulation may only do so if he or she has submitted the
claims of creditors in the interests of the creditors.
[31 May 2018]
Section 80. Complaints Regarding the
Recognition, Non-Recognition or Partial Recognition of the Claims
of Creditors
(1) The creditor is entitled to appeal to a court the decision
of the administrator not to recognise his or her claim or to
recognise it partly within one month from the day of receipt of
the decision or is entitled to bring an action for the
examination of a dispute regarding rights within one month from
the day of receipt of the decision of the administrator.
(11) The creditor who has brought an action before
court for the examination of a dispute regarding rights prior to
initiation of insolvency proceedings is entitled, within one
month from the day of receipt of the decision of the
administrator, to ask for renewal of the suspended
proceedings.
(12) When submitting a complaint regarding the
decision of the administrator to recognise, not to recognise, or
to recognise partly the claim of a creditor and concurrently
asking the court to examine a dispute regarding rights, the
creditor shall additionally append only the evidence which has
not been at his or her disposal at the moment of the submission
of the claim of the creditor due to objective circumstances.
(2) The creditor is entitled to appeal to a court the decision
of the administrator to recognise or to recognise partly a claim
of another creditor within three weeks after expiry of the time
limit for the submission of the claims of creditors. When
appealing the decision of an administrator, concurrently the
court may be requested to establish the provisional protection
provided for in Section 250.74, Paragraph four of the
Civil Procedure Law. If the relevant claim of a creditor has been
submitted after expiry of the time limit for the submission of
the claims of creditors, the creditor is entitled to appeal to a
court the decision of the administrator to recognise a claim of
another creditor within one month after the day of taking the
decision.
(3) The representative of the debtor is entitled, within three
weeks after expiry of the time limit for the submission of the
claims of creditors, to appeal to a court the decision of the
administrator by which the claim arising from the transaction and
not recognised by the representative of the debtor is approved.
When appealing the decision of an administrator, concurrently the
court may be requested to establish the provisional protection
provided for in Section 250.74, Paragraph four of the
Civil Procedure Law. If the relevant claim of a creditor has been
submitted after expiry of the time limit for the submission of
the claims of creditors, the representative of the debtor is
entitled, within one month after the day of taking the decision,
to appeal to a court the decision of the administrator by which
the claim arising from the transaction and not recognised by the
representative of the debtor is approved.
(4) Complaints in relation to the recognition,
non-recognition, or partial recognition of the claims of
creditors may be submitted to the court in which the respective
insolvency proceedings have been proclaimed.
(5) The creditor or representative of the debtor may request
that the court restores the procedural time limit for the
submission of a complaint, if the complaint could not have been
lodged within the time limit specified in this Law due to the
fault of the administrator.
[31 May 2018 / See Paragraph 59 of Transitional
Provisions]
Chapter XIV
Obligation to Inform Creditors
Section 81. Obligation to Inform
Creditors
(1) For ensuring efficient and lawful course of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, the administrator shall, in
accordance with the procedures laid down in this Law, notify the
creditors of:
1) the plan for the sale of debtor's property;
2) the non-existence of property in debtor's
establishment;
3) the amount of the remuneration of the administrator;
4) the expenses of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person;
5) the plan for settling the claims of creditors;
6) the intention to renounce the claims;
7) the intention to enter into a settlement;
8) the intention to perform the cessation of the right to
claim;
9) the extension of the deadline for selling of non-pledged
property.
(2) The administrator shall notify the creditors of other
matters which have significance during the course of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person.
(3) Unless it is laid down otherwise in this Law, the
administrator shall provide information to the creditors
electronically, drawing up the documents in accordance with the
requirements for drawing up electronic documents laid down in
laws and regulations.
(4) Creditors have the right to use the System for the
protection of their interests in accordance with the procedures
and to the extent laid down in laws and regulations.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018 / Paragraph four shall come
into force on 15 April 2019. See Paragraph 63 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 82. Obligation of Creditors
to Address the Administrator
If creditors have objections to the information referred to in
Section 81 of this Law, they have an obligation to inform the
administrator accordingly within five days after receipt of this
information, unless otherwise specified in this Law.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 83. Administrator's Actions
after Receipt of the Objections of Creditors
Unless otherwise specified in this Law, after receipt of the
objections of creditors regarding the information referred to in
Section 81 of this Law, the administrator shall evaluate the
grounds for the objections and:
1) if the objections are taken into account, make the
appropriate changes and notify all the creditors thereof;
2) if the objections are not taken into account, provide a
reasoned response to the creditor.
Section 84. Rights of Creditors
If the creditors do not agree with the decision notified by
the administrator, they have the following rights:
1) to propose the convening of a creditors' meeting in
accordance with the provisions of Section 88, Paragraph one,
Clause 2, Sub-clauses "a" and "b" of this Law in order to decide
on the matters referred to in Section 89 of this Law;
2) to contest the administrator's actions in accordance with
the procedures laid down in this Law;
3) to bring an action to a court against the administrator for
the losses caused.
Section 85. Administrator's
Operational Report
(1) After declaration of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person, the administrator shall prepare and send his or her
operational report to the creditors and the Insolvency Control
Service electronically on a monthly basis.
(2) The Cabinet shall determine the content of the
administrator's operational report and the procedures for
preparing it.
[31 May 2018 / Amendment to Paragraph one regarding the
replacement of the word "quarterly" with the word "monthly" and
amendment to Paragraph two regarding the replacement of the words
"form" and "filling in thereof" with the words "content" and
"preparing it" shall come into force on 1 January 2019. See
Paragraph 66 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 85.1 Audit of the
Administrator's Actions
(1) Creditors who represent at least 25 per cent of the amount
of the recognised principal claims in a group of secured or
non-secured creditors may request an audit of the administrator's
actions in the relevant insolvency proceedings.
(2) An audit shall be performed by a sworn auditor or a
commercial company of sworn auditors invited by the
creditors.
(3) The audit shall be commenced on the basis of the
notification to the administrator taken by the creditors referred
to in Paragraph one of this Section indicating the performer of
the audit, the task of the audit, and the information necessary
for the audit.
(4) The work task of the auditor specified by the creditors
may include both an inspection of the administrator's actions in
the relevant proceedings and an inspection of the debtor's
transactions, accounting, and finances until declaration of
insolvency proceedings.
(5) The administrator shall provide the auditor with the
information indicated in the notification on the performance of
an audit not later than within two weeks after receipt of the
notification. The administrator shall immediately, upon request
of the auditor, provide the auditor with any additional or
explanatory information, insofar as it results from the work task
specified in the notification.
(6) The auditor shall send a report to the administrator with
regard to whose actions the audit has been performed.
(7) The performance of the audit shall be financed by the
creditors who requested it.
[22 December 2016]
Chapter XV
Creditors' Meeting
Section 86. Procedure of Creditors'
Meeting
(1) A creditors' meeting is an organised form of creditors'
joint operations for the taking the decisions of creditors.
(2) The administrator shall lead the creditors' meeting.
(21) A creditors' meeting may be held in person or
remotely. The type of creditors' meeting shall be determined by
the administrator.
(22) When convening the creditors' meeting, the
administrator shall determine one of the following types
thereof:
1) participants of the meeting participate and vote in the
meeting in person;
2) participants of the meeting participate and vote in the
meeting through electronic means;
3) participants of the meeting vote in writing on items on the
agenda of the meeting and submit their vote to the administrator
at least one day prior to the day of the creditors' meeting.
(3) Representatives of the Insolvency Control Service may be
present at a creditors' meeting.
(4) A creditor may participate in a creditors' meeting in
person or with the intermediation of a representative. A
creditor's representative has an obligation to show a document
certifying representation to the chairperson of the creditors'
meeting.
(5) If the administrator involved in the insolvency
proceedings specified in Article 3(1) or (2) of Regulation No
2015/848 of the European Parliament or of the Council and
initiated in another Member State participates in the creditors'
meeting, he or she shall present to the chairperson of the
creditors' meeting a copy of the court ruling on the appointment
of the administrator involved in the insolvency proceedings
specified in Article 3(1) or (2) of the relevant Regulation or an
appropriately certified copy of another certification and a
translation of the ruling or certification into the official
language certified in accordance with the specified
procedures.
(6) A creditor may authorise not more than one person to
represent such creditor at a creditors' meeting. The authorised
person shall represent the creditor to the full amount of the
creditor's claim.
(7) If more than 100 creditors are registered in the Register
of Claims of Creditors, the creditors who represent not less than
one per cent of the whole amount of the claims of all the
creditors shall participate in the creditors' meeting. In such
case one person may represent several creditors.
(8) The administrator shall provide to the creditors whose
claims do not exceed one per cent of the whole amount of all the
recognised claims the information necessary, and also support so
that such creditors might unite and authorise a joint
representative to vote on their behalf.
(9) A creditors' meeting is entitled to take decisions
regardless of the amount of the claims of creditors represented
therein if an entry has been made in the Insolvency Register on
the convening of the creditors' meeting. The creditors' meeting
shall take decisions with a simple majority vote, except for the
cases specified in this Law. The non-participation of the
debtor's representatives shall not be an obstacle to the course
of the creditors' meeting.
(10) Creditors with voting rights are entitled only to vote
"for" or "against".
(11) The creditors' meeting is entitled to take decisions only
on those matters which are indicated in the application as
matters on the agenda of the respective creditors' meeting,
except for the matter regarding the convening of the creditors'
meeting. The matters to be included on the agenda of the
creditors' meeting shall be determined by the administrator upon
his or her own initiative, and also taking into account the
matters included in the request for convening the creditors'
meeting.
(12) The course of the creditors' meeting shall be recorded in
minutes. The chairperson of the creditors' meeting shall ensure
the minute-taking. The chairperson of the creditors' meeting and
a representative of the creditors' meeting elected by the
creditors present, and also any creditor who has participated at
the creditors' meeting and expressed a wish to sign the minutes
of the creditors' meeting shall sign the minutes of the
creditors' meeting not later than within 10 days from the day of
convening the creditors' meeting.
(13) The creditors and the debtor's representative have the
right to become acquainted with the minutes of the creditors'
meeting. The administrator shall issue the appropriately
certified minutes of the creditors' meeting within five days
after receipt of the written request.
(14) The administrator shall submit the signed minutes and
annexes thereto to the responsible authority which makes entries
in the Insolvency Register within five working days after signing
thereof.
(15) A creditors' meeting may be suspended once for a period
of up to two weeks if more than half of the creditors with voting
rights present vote for this, indicating the time of the
recommencement of the meeting, the address of the location, and
the agenda. The administrator shall submit an application for the
suspension of a creditors' meeting, and the time for the
recommencement of the meeting, the address of the location and
the agenda, and also the minutes of the relevant creditors'
meeting, to the responsible authority which makes the entries in
the Insolvency Register.
[31 May 2018; 5 June 2020]
Section 87. Determination of the
Number of Creditors' Votes in a Creditors' Meeting
(1) The administrator shall determine the number of votes for
each creditor at a creditors' meeting.
(2) Votes are granted in a creditors' meeting to such
non-secured creditor, and also to such secured creditor in a
non-secured and secured part of the claim in the case referred to
in Section 90 of this Law whose claim is submitted within the
time limit for the submission of claims of creditors referred to
in Section 73, Paragraph one of this Law and whose claim has been
recognised by the administrator. If the administrator has taken
the decision to partially recognise a claim of a creditor, votes
shall be granted to the creditor according to the amount of the
recognised principal claim.
(3) The number of votes in a creditors' meeting shall be
determined according to the amount of a creditor's main claim,
granting one vote for each whole euro.
(4) If the administrator involved in the insolvency
proceedings specified in Article 3(1) or (2) of Regulation No
2015/848 of the European Parliament or of the Council and
initiated against the debtor in another Member State has
submitted the claims of creditors in insolvency proceedings
initiated against the debtor in Latvia, then the administrator
involved in the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1)
or (2) of this Regulation shall obtain the rights of creditors in
the amount of the submitted claims of creditors in accordance
with the procedures laid down in laws and regulations.
(5) The creditors who are recognised as interested persons in
accordance with Section 72 of this Law and persons who have
acquired the right to claim against the debtor from interested
persons within one year prior to the proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person shall not have voting rights at the
creditors' meeting.
(6) The creditors in whose claim of creditors the requirement
referred to in Section 73, Paragraph four, Clause 6 of this Law
is not indicated, and the creditor has not rectified the relevant
deficiency, shall not have voting rights at the creditors'
meeting.
[12 September 2013; 31 May 2018]
Section 88. Convening of Creditors'
Meeting
(1) The administrator shall convene a creditors' meeting:
1) upon his or her own initiative;
2) if it is requested by:
a) a creditor with voting rights whose claim is not less than
one-tenth of the total amount of the claims of non-secured
creditors with voting rights;
b) a secured creditor in order to initiate the procedure
referred to in Section 90 of this Law;
c) not less than three creditors regardless of the amount of
the claim;
d) the representative of the debtor;
e) the Insolvency Control Service;
f) the administrator involved in the insolvency proceedings
specified in Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the
European Parliament and of the Council and initiated against the
debtor in another European Union Member State;
g) the creditor in order to assess the validity of the
expenses of the insolvency proceedings of the legal person
specified in Section 170, Paragraph one of this Section.
(2) In the cases referred to in Paragraph one, Clause 2 of
this Section, a list of the claimants, the amount of their
claims, the meeting agenda, and the reasons for the convening
thereof shall be included in the request.
(3) The administrator shall convene a creditors' meeting based
on the request referred to in Paragraph two of this Section
within three weeks after the day of receipt of the request.
(4) The administrator shall, not later than two weeks prior to
the date of the specified creditors' meeting, submit an
application to the responsible authority which makes the entries
in the Insolvency Register and indicate the date, time, and
address of the location of the creditors' meeting in the
application. The notification referred to in Paragraph five of
this Section shall be appended to the application.
(5) The administrator shall indicate the debtor's firm name
(name), the registration number, the total amount of the
submitted and recognised claims of creditors, the amount of
claims by secured and non-secured creditors, and the agenda in
the notification of the creditors' meeting. If more than 100
creditors are registered in the Register of Claims of Creditors,
the administrator shall, in the notification of a creditors'
meeting, invite the creditors whose claims do not exceed one per
cent of the entire amount of the recognised claims to unite and
authorise one representative.
(6) Any other information which has significance for the
course of the creditors' meeting may also be indicated in the
notification.
[31 May 2018 / See Paragraph 67 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 89. Competence of Creditors'
Meeting
In the cases specified in this Law, a creditors' meeting shall
decide on the following:
1) the remuneration of the administrator;
2) the proposal to remove the administrator;
3) the recognition of the expenses of insolvency proceedings
as valid;
4) the method of sale of the debtor's property (Section 115,
Paragraph 2.1) or the extension of the deadline for
selling;
5) further handling of the property that has been excluded
from the plan for the sale of the property (Section 111,
Paragraph seven).
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018 / See Paragraph 67 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 90. Proposal to Remove the
Administrator
(1) The decision to propose the removal of the administrator
may be taken if the administrator has not ensured efficient
insolvency proceedings. The decision to propose the removal of
the administrator shall be taken if two-thirds of the creditors
with voting rights present vote in favour thereof.
(2) Secured creditors shall also participate in the voting on
the proposal to remove the administrator.
(3) [25 September 2014]
(4) A representative appointed by the creditors' meeting shall
submit to court the decision of a creditors' meeting to propose
the removal of the administrator.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 91. Complaints Regarding
Decisions of Creditors' Meeting
(1) A decision of creditors' meeting may be appealed to a
court which proclaimed the relevant insolvency proceedings of a
legal person.
(2) The creditor or representative of a debtor may appeal a
decision of creditors' meeting if it is illegal or in
contradiction with the interests of the body of creditors. A
complaint may be submitted within two weeks after the creditors'
meeting.
(3) The administrator may submit a complaint regarding any
decision of a creditors' meeting. A complaint may be submitted
within two weeks after the creditors' meeting.
Chapter XVI
Debtor's Property and Its Administration
Section 92. Concept of Debtor's
Property
(1) Within the meaning of this Law, the debtor's property
is:
1) the immovable property and moveable property of the debtor,
including funds;
2) funds acquired by alienating debtor's property;
3) the property recovered in accordance with Section 93 of
this Law;
4) interest that has been acquired from debtor's property
during insolvency proceedings of a legal person;
5) other property legally acquired during insolvency
proceedings of a legal person.
(2) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(2) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor, the property
indicated in Paragraph one of this Section shall be located in
Latvia.
(3) Property against which recovery may not be directed in
accordance with laws and regulations shall not be included in the
list of debtor's property to which claims of creditors are to be
directed.
[31 May 2018]
Section 93. Recovered Property
(1) Within the meaning of this Law, recovered property is
funds and also other property which:
1) has been included in debtor's property during insolvency
proceedings of a legal person on the basis of rights to claim
against third persons;
2) has been recovered, recognising transactions as
invalid;
3) has been recovered by reclaiming the debts covered (Section
99);
4) has been recovered by reclaiming the subject of a
possessory pledge.
(2) The following shall be equated to recovered property:
1) funds and property which has been acquired from members of
the administrative bodies of a legal person based on their
obligation to be liable for the losses caused;
2) funds and property which has been acquired from the
personally responsible members of a partnership based on their
obligation to be liable for the partnership's obligations;
3) funds which have been acquired from participants
(shareholders) and members of other administrative bodies in the
criminal insolvency proceedings of a legal person and in other
cases provided for in the Law.
Section 94. Property Belonging to
Third Persons
(1) The list of debtor's property against which the claims of
creditors are made shall not include property in the possession
or holding of the debtor that belongs to third persons.
(2) The administrator shall ensure the maintenance of property
belonging to third persons until it is transferred to these
persons. The third persons have the obligation to cover expenses
which have arisen in connection with the maintenance of property
owned thereby, if these persons do not reclaim their property
upon request of the administrator.
(3) If property belonging to third persons is alienated during
insolvency proceedings, the value of this property shall be
reimbursed by the person due to whose fault the property owned by
third persons has been alienated.
(4) This Section shall also be applicable in respect of funds
or financial instruments which, based on the financial security
agreement, have been used as security financing for the
fulfilment of obligations.
Section 95. Management of Debtor's
Property
(1) After proclamation of insolvency proceedings of the
debtor, the rights to manage debtor's property shall be acquired
by the administrator.
(2) The administrator shall manage debtor's property, take
authorisation for the recovery thereof and act with this property
within the scope of the authorisation specified in this Law.
(3) The administrator shall manage property as an honest and
careful proprietor.
(4) Monetary funds which are received from the management of
debtor's property shall be deposited to a separate current
account of the debtor.
Chapter XVII
Contesting of Transactions
Section 96. Recognition of
Transactions as Invalid
(1) The administrator has the duty to evaluate debtor's
transactions and bring an action to court regarding the
recognition of the respective transaction as invalid regardless
of the type of transaction, if it has been concluded:
1) after the day of proclamation of insolvency proceedings of
a legal person or four months prior to the day of proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person and thereby losses have
been caused to the debtor regardless of whether the person with
whom or for whose benefit the transaction has been concluded,
knew or did not know of the losses caused to the creditors;
2) within three years prior to the day of the proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person and thereby losses have
been caused to the debtor, moreover, the person with whom or for
whose benefit the transaction has been concluded, knew or should
have known of the causing of such losses.
(2) If the transaction through which losses have been caused
to the debtor has been concluded with interested persons with
respect to the debtor or for the benefit of such persons, it
shall be considered that such persons have known of the causing
of losses, unless they prove otherwise. Within the meaning of
this Section, the members of a cooperative society shall not be
considered as the interested persons within the meaning of the
Cooperative Societies Law.
(3) A secured creditor may request that a transaction
concluded by the administrator be declared invalid, if such a
transaction is related to property pledged for security of a
claim and the interests of the secured creditor have been
injured.
(4) The time limits specified in Paragraph one of this Section
shall not include the time during which the debtor was subject to
the legal protection proceedings.
(5) The administrator shall not be entitled to bring an action
to a court regarding the recognition of a transaction which has
been concluded in the legal protection proceedings and refers to
interim financing or new financing as invalid solely on the
grounds that the relevant transaction has caused harm to the
interests of the body of creditors, except where there are other
grounds for recognising the transaction as invalid, including
where the actions of the parties are deemed to be malicious or in
bad faith or the transaction has been concluded with the
interested persons.
(6) The provisions referred to in Paragraph five of this
Section shall also apply to other transactions that are
objectively necessary for the legal protection proceedings,
including:
1) payments for the development of and agreement upon the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings and the submission
thereof to the court;
2) remuneration of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings;
3) costs of the evaluation of economic activity;
4) work remuneration for employees for work already performed,
without prejudice to any other protection provided for in the
legal acts of the European Union or national laws and
regulations;
5) any other expenses incurred within the scope of regular
economic activity.
[25 September 2014; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 97. Appeal of Transactions
Without Compensation
(1) The administrator has a duty to evaluate and bring an
action to court regarding the transfer of debtor's property or a
part thereof given as a gift in accordance with the provisions of
Section 1927 of the Civil Law.
(2) Paragraph one of this Section shall not apply to
societies, foundations, and similar organisations which perform
donations or other type of gift within the scope of the usual
activities thereof, if such a transaction does not differ
significantly from the transactions concluded in the previous
year prior to the day of the proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person.
(3) Regulations regarding non-exchange transactions shall be
applicable to a transaction which has been concluded in the three
years prior to the day of the proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, or thereafter, and in which the
inequality of the mutual obligations of the parties indicate that
a donation has actually been made.
(4) A donation may be appealed and the return requested if it
has been illegal or has not been used for the purposes provided
for.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 98. Recognition of Pledge
Contracts as Invalid
(1) A pledge contract shall be recognised as invalid if the
pledge rights have been founded after making of the entry in the
Insolvency Register on the proclamation of insolvency proceedings
of the debtor.
(2) The administrator has an obligation to bring an action to
court regarding the recognition of a pledge contract as invalid,
if the circumstances referred to in Paragraph one of this Section
are established.
Section 99. Return of Amounts Paid
for the Settlement of Debts
(1) The amounts of money which the debtor has paid for
covering the debt within the six months prior to the day of
proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal person, and
also after the day of proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a
legal person (except for the amounts of money which the
administrator has paid during insolvency proceedings of a legal
person) shall be repayable if at least one of the following
conditions is established:
1) the payment has been made prior to the entering into effect
of the time limit for the honouring of obligations, if other
payment obligations have not been honoured for which the time
limit for honouring has entered into effect, and it is possible
to renew the obligations and rights of the parties referred to in
Paragraph three of this Section;
2) the debt has been paid to interested persons in respect of
the debtor, and other obligations for which the time limit for
honouring has entered into effect prior to the time limit for
honouring of the obligations of interested persons, have not been
honoured. This provision shall also apply to debts collected by
bailiffs from which the expenses necessary for the enforcement of
a judgment have been deducted.
(2) The creditor shall repay the amount of money to the debtor
which the debtor has paid within the last three months prior to
the day of the proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person in order to prevent the proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of the debtor after the application by the creditor
of the recipient of the amount of money.
(3) If the amounts paid for the settlement of debts are
returned in the cases provided for in Paragraphs one and two of
this Section, the obligations of parties (including reinforcement
of obligations) and the respective rights that were in effect
until the settlement of the debts shall be renewed.
Section 100. Requirements for the
Appeal or Cancellation of Transactions against the Successors to
Rights and Obligations
(1) The administrator has an obligation to bring an action to
court regarding the appeal or cancellation of a transaction also
against the heirs of the transaction participants.
(2) The administrator has a duty to bring an action to court
against other successors to rights and obligations, if:
1) at the moment of the takeover of rights, the successor to
rights was an interested person in relation to the debtor;
2) the rights were acquired without compensation.
Chapter XVIII
Performance and Termination of Contracts
Section 101. Administrator's Right
to Choose
(1) If the contract entered into by the debtor has not been
performed or has been partially performed on the day of the
proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal person, the
administrator is entitled to request the performance from the
other contracting party or to unilaterally withdraw from the
contract. The administrator has the right to perform the contract
if such action does not reduce the debtor's assets.
(11) The administrator is entitled to unilaterally
withdraw from an unperformed or partially performed contract
concluded within the scope of the legal protection proceedings by
justifying such withdrawal, except for the case where the fact
that the contract in question has caused harm to the interests of
the creditors in general has been stated as the sole reason for
such withdrawal.
(2) If the administrator unilaterally withdraws from the
performance of the contract, the other contracting party has the
right to submit his or her claim of a creditor.
(3) The continuation of the performance of contracts which
have not been terminated in the cases provided for by law, and
also the performance of the contracts which have been entered
into by the administrator on behalf of the debtor with third
persons during insolvency proceedings of a legal person, are
financed from the debtor's funds.
(4) If the debtor is an insurer, then the administrator shall,
by assessing the interests of the policy-holder, evaluate the
need for the transfer, termination or continuation of the
insurance contracts entered into, and perform all the lawful
activities in order to transfer, terminate or continue the
insurance contracts entered into.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 102. Termination of an
Authorisation Contract and the Termination of Procure and
Ordinary Franchises
(1) The task given by the debtor to his or her authorised
representative (including the proctor and person with a
commercial power of attorney) in respect of his or her property
to which claims of creditors are addressed shall lose effect from
the day of the proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person.
(2) If the execution of the task is connected to the risk of
losses, the authorised representative (including the proctor and
person with a commercial power of attorney) may execute this
until the day when the administrator takes over the debtor's
property. In respect of expenses which have been incurred by the
authorised representative (including the proctor and person with
a commercial power of attorney) in connection with the execution
of tasks, he or she may submit his or her claim of a creditor to
the administrator.
Section 103. Termination of an
Employment Contract
(1) After the proclamation of insolvency proceedings of the
debtor, the administrator has the right to terminate the
employment contract with the employee of the debtor. In such case
the provisions of Section 101, Paragraph one, Clauses 9 and 10 of
the Labour Law shall be considered to be lawful grounds for the
termination of the employment contract, and the provisions of
Section 103, Paragraph one, Clause 3 of the Labour Law regarding
the time limit for the termination of an employment contract are
not applied. If an employee has entered into a collective
agreement, the administrator has the right not to apply the norms
thereof regarding the termination of an employment contract,
including the costs related to the termination.
(2) The norms of the Labour Law regarding collective
redundancy shall not be applied to insolvency proceedings of a
legal person.
Section 104. Restrictions on a
Set-off
A set-off in insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be
permissible if the mutual claims of the debtor and creditor have
arisen at least six months prior to the proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person.
Section 105. Cession of Claims
The administrator may cede the debtor's claims against third
persons if the recovery of debts may be hindered or extended.
Chapter XIX
Transition from Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person to Legal
Protection Proceedings
Section 106. Admissibility of Legal
Protection Proceedings
The transition from insolvency proceedings of a legal person
to legal protection proceedings shall not be permissible if
insolvency proceedings of a legal person have been proclaimed for
the debtor on the basis of Section 57, Paragraph one, Clause 7,
8, or 9 of this Law.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 107. Transition to Legal
Protection Proceedings
(1) Legal protection proceedings shall be applicable to the
debtor in conformity with the regulations of the extrajudicial
legal protection proceedings. In such case the following persons
are entitled to submit an application for the termination of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person, the proclamation of
legal protection proceedings, and also to draw up a plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings:
1) the representative of the debtor;
2) the administrator;
3) the administrator involved in the insolvency proceedings
specified in Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the
European Parliament and of the Council and initiated against a
debtor in another Member State;
4) a creditor or group of creditors.
(2) The plan of measures of legal protection proceedings shall
be considered to be supported if it has been agreed upon by the
majority of the creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph
three of this Law.
(3) The costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person and
the remuneration for the drawing up of the plan of measures of
legal protection proceedings shall be included in the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings, and they shall be
covered in the full amount prior to the honouring of the claims
of creditors.
(4) Employees' claims which are covered from the funds of the
employee claim guarantee fund shall be included in the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings and be covered in the
full amount prior to covering the costs of insolvency proceedings
of a legal person.
(5) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(2) of
Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor in Latvia, prior
to the submission of an application for legal protection
proceedings to a court, a written consent to the plan of measures
of legal protection proceedings shall be received from the
administrator involved in the insolvency proceedings specified in
Article 3(1) of this Regulation.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Section 108. Informing Creditors of
the Application of Legal Protection Proceedings
Prior to submitting the relevant application to a court the
person who has drawn up and reached an agreement on the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings has an obligation to
inform the administrator and creditors, and also the debtor
accordingly, if the plan has not been drawn up by debtor's
representative.
Section 109. Effects of the
Proclamation of Legal Protection Proceedings and Termination of
Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) After the court has given a ruling on the implementation
of legal protection proceedings, the effects of the proclamation
of insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be terminated
and the effects of the implementation of legal protection
proceedings shall take effect, and the operations of the debtor's
administrative body is also restored.
(2) After the court has given a ruling on the implementation
of legal protection proceedings, the administrator shall hand
over all his or her property into the ownership of the debtor,
within seven days.
Chapter XX
Sale of Property in Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
Section 110. Property to be Sold
The debtor's property indicated in Section 92 of this Law is
sold in insolvency proceedings of a legal person, except for
money.
Section 111. Sale of Debtor's
Property
(1) Within two months after the day of the proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person, the administrator shall
draw up a plan for the sale of debtor's property or a report on
the non-existence of debtor's property.
(2) The sale of debtor's property takes place for the highest
price possible in order to ensure the covering of the claims of
creditors.
(3) The debtor's property serving as security (pledged
property) is sold in accordance with the provisions of Section
116 of this Law.
(4) The administrator shall take the decision on the method of
sale of the debtor's non-pledged property (with or without an
auction).
(5) Funds which are connected to the sale of debtor's property
shall be transferred into the debtor's account.
(6) All the debtor's property is to be sold within six months
after proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal person.
The administrator may extend the time limit for the sale of the
debtor's non-pledged property for up to six months, notifying the
creditors thereof in accordance with the procedures laid down in
Section 81 of this Law, and substantiating the reason for
extending the time limit. If the creditors do not agree to
extended time limit for the sale of the debtor's non-pledged
property, they have the right to propose the convening of a
creditors' meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section
84, Clause 1 of this Law.
(7) If debtor's property cannot be sold or the property sales
costs exceed the projected revenues, the administrator shall
exclude it from the plan for the sale of the property and shall,
without delay, notify all creditors thereof in accordance with
the procedures laid down in Section 81 of this Law, inviting them
to retain the property to themselves at its initial price. A
creditor who agrees to decrease the debt by the value of the
property the administrator was unable to sell, shall notify the
administrator thereof within two weeks after sending of the
administrator's invitation. If there is more than one creditor
wishing to retain the same property, the administrator shall
organise an auction between these creditors in accordance with
the procedures laid down in the Civil Procedure Law. If creditors
do not agree to the exclusion of the property from the plan for
the sale of the property, they have the right to propose the
convening of a creditors' meeting in accordance with the
provisions of Section 84, Clause 1 of this Law.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 112. Report on the
Non-Existence of Debtor's Property
(1) If the administrator establishes that the debtor has no
property or its value is lower than the deposit amount, he or she
shall draw up a report on the non-existence of the debtor's
property, indicating:
1) the debtor's financial status;
2) an evaluation of the possibility to recover the debtor's
property indicated in Section 93 of this Law;
3) the costs of the planned insolvency proceedings of a legal
person, if these are to be continued;
4) a proposal to ensure the financing for insolvency
proceedings of a legal person;
5) a proposal for the further solution of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person - to terminate or to continue
insolvency proceedings of a legal person;
6) information on the intention to bring an action against the
debtor's executive board in accordance with Section
72.1 of this Law.
(2) The administrator shall send the report to all creditors
on the non-existence of debtor's property without delay, after
expiry of the time limit referred to in Section 111, Paragraph
one of this Law, in accordance with the procedures laid down in
this Law.
(3) If a proposal regarding the financing of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person is received within 15 days from the
day when the report is sent on the non-existence of debtor's
property, the administrator shall enter into the agreement
specified in Section 168, Paragraph three of this Law and
continue insolvency proceedings of a legal person.
(4) If no objections by the creditors are received within 15
days from the day when the report on the non-existence of
debtor's property is sent, the administrator shall implement the
proposal for the further solutions of the proceedings indicated
in the report on the non-existence of debtor's property.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 113. Plan for the Sale of
Debtor's Property
(1) The administrator shall include the following information
in the plan for the sale of debtor's property:
1) a list of the debtor's non-pledged property;
2) an evaluation of the debtor's non-pledged property;
3) the estimated amount of funds which are planned to be
acquired by selling the debtor's non-pledged property, indicating
separately the amount of funds which are planned to be acquired
with or without an auction, additionally indicating the amount of
funds which are planned to be acquired by selling the debtor's
property as a whole with or without an auction;
4) the method for the sale of the debtor's non-pledged
property (with or without an auction);
5) a list of the debtor's pledged property;
6) an evaluation of the debtor's pledged property;
7) the method for the sale of the debtor's pledged property
agreed upon with the secured creditor (with or without an
auction);
8) the amount of funds planned to be acquired by selling the
debtor's pledged property;
9) information on the cession of claims, if such is provided
for;
10) the source of financing for insolvency proceedings of a
legal person;
11) the planned costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person - the remuneration of the administrator and expenses of
the proceedings;
12) the deadline for the sale of debtor's property;
13) information on the intention to bring an action against
the debtor's executive board in accordance with Section
72.1 of this Law.
(2) The administrator shall send the plan for the sale of
debtor's property to all creditors, the debtor's representative,
and the guarantor without delay, after expiry of the time limit
referred to in Section 111, Paragraph one of this Law, in
accordance with the procedures laid down in this Law.
(3) Within 15 days from sending the plan for the sale of
debtor's property the creditor and debtor's representative have
the right to submit to the administrator a proposal for the sale
of debtor's property as a whole. Each creditor has the right to
object to the administrator's proposal for the method for the
sale of the debtor's non-pledged property, the cession of the
claims offered and the planned costs of insolvency proceedings of
a legal person.
(4) If the administrator, when evaluating the objections
received, recognises them as justified, he or she shall update
the plan accordingly and notify the parties involved thereof. If
the administrator does not recognise the objections received as
justified, he shall provide a reasoned response to the
submitter.
(5) The administrator shall commence the sale of debtor's
property according to the method of sale proposed in the plan for
the sale of debtor's property not sooner than two weeks after
sending the plan to the creditors, the representative of the
debtor, and the guarantor, but not later than one week after the
plan being considered as agreed upon.
(6) If debtor's property is intended to be sold without
auction in the plan for the sale of debtor's property and
enforcement proceedings have been commenced in respect of this
property, the administrator, when commencing the sale of the
property, shall inform the bailiff who is organising the specific
enforcement proceedings accordingly.
(7) If the implementation of the plan for the sale of debtor's
property is not possible, the administrator shall inform the
creditors thereof without delay, sending an updated plan for the
sale of debtor's property. The updated plan for the sale of
debtor's property shall be agreed upon in accordance with the
procedures laid down in Paragraphs three and four of this
Section.
(8) If, prior to the preparation of the plan for the sale of
debtor's property, the administrator establishes movable property
in the debtor's property which is perishing or becoming
significantly worthless, he or she shall sell it without delay
for as favourable a price as possible, informing the creditors of
this and of the funds acquired after sale.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 114. Sale of Debtor's
Establishment or Independent Part Thereof
(1) When preparing a plan for the sale of debtor's property,
the administrator shall assess a possibility of selling the
debtor's establishment or an independent part thereof.
(2) If the debtor's pledged property is also contained in the
establishment, the administrator shall receive the secured
creditor's consent for the sale of the establishment.
(3) When selling an establishment or an independent part
thereof, the creditors' gain from the sale of the establishment
or independent part thereof must be greater than if the debtor's
property was sold separately.
(4) If the administrator has taken the decision to sell the
establishment or an independent part thereof at an auction, then
the auction occurs in accordance with the procedures by which the
sale of immovable property is intended, and this shall be carried
out by the administrator.
(5) When deciding on the sale of the establishment or an
independent part thereof, the administrator shall draw up a list
in which the tangible and intangible items contained in the
establishment or independent part thereof to be sold and the
economic gain belonging to the establishment or independent part
thereof shall be included.
(6) In case of the sale of the establishment or an independent
part thereof, all the rights and liabilities of the debtor shall
be transferred to the beneficiary, except for the debtor's
liabilities which have arisen prior to the declaration of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person, unless the debtor and
the beneficiary have agreed otherwise.
(61) In case of the sale of the establishment or an
independent part thereof, the claims of creditors recognised in
insolvency proceedings shall not be transferred to the
beneficiary.
(7) The decision to approve a statement of auction of the
establishment or an independent part thereof shall be taken by
the court which examines the case of the debtor's insolvency
proceedings.
[31 May 2018 / See Paragraph 67 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 115. Auction of Debtor's
Property
(1) If the debtor's property is sold at an auction, the
auction thereof shall be carried out and the ownership rights
recorded in the beneficiary's name in accordance with the
provisions of the Civil Procedure Law regarding the sale of
property in a compulsory auction, unless otherwise laid down in
this Law.
(2) If the first auction of debtor's property within the scope
of insolvency proceedings of a legal person is recognised as not
having occurred, the second auction shall be organised according
to the regulations of the first auction by descending step.
(21) If the second auction of debtor's property
within the scope of insolvency proceedings of a legal person is
recognised as not having occurred, the administrator shall
immediately send to the creditors the adjusted plan for the sale
of debtor's property by putting forward a proposal for further
handling of the property.
(22) If a creditors' request to organise the third
auction has been received within 15 days after sending of the
adjusted plan for the sale of debtor's property, the costs of the
auction shall be covered by the creditors who have requested it,
by arranging this in writing with the administrator. The rules
for the third auction shall be the same as for the second
auction. If the amount of money necessary for organising the
auction has not been paid by the deadline specified in the
agreement, the administrator shall decline the request to
organise the third auction.
(23) If no objections have been received from the
creditors within 15 days after sending of the adjusted plan for
the sale of debtor's property, the administrator shall proceed
with the solution he or she has proposed.
(3) The administrator shall perform the activities of the
bailiff in connection with the auction of the debtor's property
specified in the Civil Procedure Law.
(4) After debtor's property has been sold at the auction, the
court has approved the statement of the auction of the immovable
property, or has taken the decision to register the title to the
property in the name of the creditor who has expressed the wish
to retain the property, the administrator shall prepare
calculations stating the expenses of the auction, the
remuneration for organising the auction, value added tax if
applicable to the auction price, the current tax payments and
expenses related to the maintenance of debtor's property for a
period starting from the day of proclamation of insolvency
proceedings until the last day of the month when a court ruling
approving the auction of debtor's property has entered into
effect, and the amount to be disbursed to the creditors. Within
10 days after receipt of the calculation, the winning bidder,
debtor, or creditors may appeal the calculation of the
administrator to the court where the respective case of the
insolvency proceedings of the legal person has been
initiated.
(5) If none of the participants of the auction are bidding at
the auction, the security for the purchase of debtor's property
shall not be reimbursed but shall be included in the debtor's
property instead.
(6) The administrator is entitled to set a participation fee
for the second auction up to 0.1 per cent of the evaluation of
debtor's property, but not less than EUR 50.
(7) If the administrator has set a participation fee for the
auction, the persons willing to participate in the second auction
of debtor's property shall pay the participation fee into the
debtor's account specified by the administrator. Before the
auction, the administrator shall check whether the participation
fee has been transferred to this account.
(8) The participation fee contributed by the participants of
the auction shall not be reimbursed and shall be included in the
debtor's property instead.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023]
Section 116. Sale of the Debtor's
Property Serving as Security (Pledged Property)
(1) A secured creditor has the right to request the sale of
the debtor's property serving as security (pledged property)
after expiry of the deadline specified in Section 63, Paragraph
one, Clause 4 of this Law.
(2) The debtor's property serving as security (pledged
property) is sold in auctions in accordance with the procedures
laid down in the Civil Procedure Law and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 115 of this Law, if the secured creditor
has not agreed with the administrator on selling the property
without an auction. The administrator shall perform the
activities of the bailiff specified in the Civil Procedure Law in
respect of the auction of debtor's property. By agreeing with the
secured creditor on the sale of pledged property, the
administrator shall ensure that this property is sold for as high
a price as possible, taking into account the interests of
non-secured creditors.
(3) If the debtor's property serving as security (pledged
property) is sold at an auction, then in cases when the auction
is considered not to have taken place in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 615 and 616 of the Civil Procedure Law and
the secured creditor wishes to keep the property for himself or
herself, such creditor has an obligation to cover all the
expenses of the auction, including the costs for evaluation of
the debtor's property serving as security (pledged property),
remuneration for organising the auction, and other expenses
related to organising the auction, and also the immovable
property tax payments and expenses related to the maintenance of
debtor's property due from the day of proclamation of insolvency
proceedings up to the immovable property auction day.
(31) If the debtor's property serving as security
(pledged property) is sold at an auction, then in cases when the
auction is considered not to have taken place in accordance with
the provisions of Section 614 of the Civil Procedure Law, and the
secured creditor does not wish to keep the property for himself
or herself, the administrator shall agree with the secured
creditor on further handling of the property. If a secured
creditor is requesting that a third auction is organised, it
shall be organised in accordance with the procedures laid down in
Section 115, Paragraph 2.2 of this Law. If the
administrator fails to reach an agreement with the secured
creditor on further handling of the property, including on the
sale of the property without an auction, or establishes the fact
of the circumstances referred to in Section 111, Paragraph seven
of this Law, the administrator shall take the decision on further
handling of the property and shall notify the secured creditor
thereof in accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 81
of this Law. If the secured creditor has any objections in
respect of the received notification, it shall express them in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 82 of this
Law.
(4) If, by selling the debtor's pledged property, an amount of
money is received which exceeds the claims of the secured
creditor and auction expenses, these funds shall be transferred
to the debtor's property with which other claims of creditors
shall be settled.
(5) If, by selling the debtor's pledged property, an amount of
money is received which does not cover the claims of the secured
creditors, after taking of the decision by the administrator the
relevant creditors shall acquire the rights of a non-secured
creditor for the part of the claim not covered. The amount of the
main claim not covered and the ancillary claim not covered shall
be indicated separately in the administrator's decision. If a
secured creditor has submitted his or her claims to the
administrator within the deadline specified in Section 73,
Paragraph one of this Law, the voting rights for the part of the
claim not covered shall be granted to the secured creditor in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 87 of this
Law.
(6) When settling a claim of the secured creditor from funds
received by selling the pledged property, the main claim is
covered first, followed by the interest and finally the
penalties.
[25 September 2014; 16 March 2023]
Chapter XXI
Settling the Claims of Creditors in Insolvency Proceedings of a
Legal Person
Section 117. List of the Costs of
Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person and the Plan for
Settling the Claims of Creditors
(1) Within 15 days after implementation of the plan for the
sale of debtor's property, the administrator shall draw up a list
of the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person and a
plan for settling the claims of creditors in accordance with the
procedures laid down in Section 118 of this Law.
(2) The administrator shall send all the creditors the list of
the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person and the
plan for covering the claims of creditors without delay after
expiry of the deadline specified in Paragraph one of this
Section, in accordance with the procedures laid down in this
Law.
(3) The administrator shall commence the settling of the
claims of creditors in accordance with the list of the costs of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person and the plan for
covering the claims of creditors, if no objections by the
creditors are received within 15 days after sending of the list
of the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person and the
plan for covering the claims of creditors.
(4) If objections are received in respect of the plan for
settling the claims of creditors within 15 days after sending of
the list of the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
and the plan for settling the claims of creditors and the
administrator, when evaluating the objections received recognises
them as substantiated, he or she shall update the plan
accordingly and notify the creditors thereof. If the
administrator does not recognise the objections received as
substantiated, he shall provide a reasoned response to the
submitter thereof.
(5) If objections are received in respect of the costs of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person within 15 days after
sending of the list of the costs of insolvency proceedings of a
legal person and the plan for settling the claims of creditors,
the decision to approve the costs of insolvency proceedings of a
legal person shall be taken by the creditors' meeting.
(6) Within 15 days after implementation of the plan for
settling the claims of creditors, the administrator shall notify
the creditors accordingly.
(7) If, at the time of drawing up a list of the costs of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person and a plan for settling
the claims of creditors, legal proceedings are in progress which
have been initiated or renewed within a period set by the court
because a dispute has been established regarding rights, then in
respect of the decision of the administrator on recognition,
non-recognition, or partial recognition of the claim of a
creditor, the time limits referred to in this Section shall
commence on the day when the court ruling in the relevant legal
proceedings enters into effect.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018]
Section 118. Procedures for Settling
the Claims of Creditors in Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal
Person
(1) The costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person are
covered in full in the first place, from the debtor's funds,
including funds acquired by alienating the debtor's property, or
from other sources of financing of insolvency proceedings of a
legal person (the funds of creditors, other natural persons or
legal persons), except for funds which have been acquired in the
case specified in Section 116 of this Law.
(2) After fully covering the costs of insolvency proceedings
of a legal person specified in Paragraph one of this Section, the
claim of the Insolvency Control Service is settled, if the claims
of the debtor's employees are settled from the funds of the
employee claim guarantee fund in accordance with the law On
Protection of Employees in Case of Insolvency of Employer.
(3) After settling of the claims specified in Paragraph two of
this Section in full, the following employees' claims are
settled:
1) work remuneration for the last three months of employment
relationship in the 12 month period prior to the proclamation of
the employer's insolvency proceedings of a legal person;
2) reimbursement for the annual paid leave the right to which
is based on the 12 month period prior to the proclamation of the
employer's insolvency proceedings;
3) reimbursement for other type of paid leave in the last
three months of employment relationship within the 12 month
period prior to the proclamation of the employer's insolvency
proceedings of a legal person;
4) severance pay in connection with the termination of
employment relationship in the minimum amount specified in the
law the right to which was acquired not sooner than in the 12
month period prior to the proclamation of the employer's
insolvency proceedings of a legal person;
5) compensation for harm in connection with an accident at
work or an occupational disease for the full unpaid time limit
until the proclamation of the employer's insolvency proceedings
of a legal person and the amount of compensation for harm for
four years in advance, if the accident at work has taken place or
the occupational disease acquired until 1 January 1997, and also
where an employee who is not considered as an insured person in
accordance with the law On Mandatory Social Insurance in Respect
of Accidents at Work and Occupational Diseases whose occupational
disease which has arisen due to the employee performing work in
hazardous work conditions until 1 January 1997 has been
determined after 1 January 1997;
6) payments of the mandatory State social insurance
contributions and personal income tax which are related to the
claims referred to in this Paragraph.
(4) Tax claims of the tax administration (creditor) which are
submitted within the time limit for the submission of claims of
creditors referred to in Section 73, Paragraph one of this Law,
are settled in the amount of the principal debt after settling
the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person and the
claims of creditors specified in Paragraphs two and three of this
Section.
(5) After covering the costs of insolvency proceedings of a
legal person referred to in Paragraph one of this Section and the
settlement of the claims of creditors specified in Paragraphs
two, three, and four of this Section, the remaining funds of the
debtor are divided for the settlement of the remaining claims of
those non-secured creditors in the amount of the principal debt
(without interest) who have submitted their claims by the
deadline for the submission of claims of creditors referred to in
Section 73 of this Law. At this round, the claims of the secured
creditors are also settled for the non-secured part thereof and
the part not covered in the claims of the secured creditors in
accordance with Section 76 of this Law, if the claims of the
secured creditors have been submitted by the deadline referred to
in Section 73 of this Law.
(51) The claims of the grantors of aid arising from
claims in the cases referred to in Chapters IV and V of the Law
on Control of Aid for Commercial Activity shall be settled in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Paragraph five of
this Section, provided that in such case the main claim and
ancillary claim shall be indivisible and settled
concurrently.
(6) If debtor's funds are insufficient to settle in full all
the claims of creditors referred to in Paragraph five of this
Section, the respective claims shall be settled in proportion to
the amount due to each creditor.
(7) [25 September 2014]
(8) [25 September 2014]
(9) From the debtor's funds remaining after settling the
claims of the non-secured creditors in the amount of the
principal debt, the ancillary claims of the non-secured creditors
are settled (in proportion to the amount due to each
creditor).
(10) The debtor's funds remaining after settling the costs of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person indicated in this
Section and settling the claims of creditors are divided to the
participants of the debtor (shareholders) or members in
proportion to the size of each investment, the debtor (natural
person), the heir (in respect of an inheritance) or persons
yielding the property of an association or foundation in
accordance with laws and regulations or the articles of
association of the respective association or foundation.
(11) If the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(2)
of Regulation No 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the
Council have been initiated against the debtor in Latvia, the
administrator shall transfer the relevant funds remaining after
settlement of the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person specified in Paragraph one of this Section and settlement
of the claims of creditors specified in Paragraphs two, three,
four, five, and nine of this Law, to the administrator involved
in the insolvency proceedings specified in Article 3(1) of the
relevant Regulation.
(12) From the funds acquired by selling debtor's establishment
or an independent part thereof, the costs related to the sale of
the property and the claims of the secured creditors are covered
in the first place in the amount of the pledged property, but not
exceeding the amount of the security. The remaining funds are
divided in accordance with the procedures laid down in this
Section.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 118.1 Procedures
for Settling the Claims of Creditors in Case when a Claim of the
Secured Creditor has been Filed where the Right to Claim is
Conditional
(1) Any funds acquired from the sale of the debtor's property
serving as security for a claim of the secured creditor where the
right to claim is conditional shall be deposited by the
administrator in an escrow account specially created by the
Insolvency Control Service with the Treasury until the moment
when the secured creditor has submitted to the Insolvency Control
Service a notification on materialisation of the condition.
(2) The funds referred to in Paragraph one of this Section
shall be kept for not longer than three years after the sale of
the pledged property in favour of the secured creditor whose
right to claim was conditional, or five years after proclamation
of insolvency proceedings of the debtor, whichever occurs
earlier.
(3) If the secured creditor whose right to claim is
conditional has specified a date in the submission by which the
condition should materialise, and has failed to submit a
notification to the Insolvency Control Service on the
materialisation of the condition, then the funds referred to in
Paragraph one of this Section shall be kept until the date
specified in the submission.
(4) If the secured creditor whose right to claim is
conditional has failed to submit a notification to the Insolvency
Control Service on the materialisation of the condition by the
time limit specified in Paragraph two or three of this Section,
then the funds referred to in Paragraph one of this Section are
disbursed in accordance with the provisions of Section 118 of
this Law. If the condition has materialised which is contingent
to the secured creditor's right to claim and the amount of the
claim is lower than the cash amount referred to in Paragraph one
of this Section, the remaining funds shall be disbursed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 118 of this Law.
(5) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures for depositing
the funds in the escrow account specially created by the
Insolvency Control Service with the Treasury which have been
acquired by selling debtor's property serving as security for a
claim of the secured creditor where the right to claim is
conditional, and for disbursing such funds to the creditors.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018]
Section 119. Termination of
Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) If no objections from creditors have been received within
15 days after sending of the notification on the implementation
of the plan for settling the claims of creditors, the
administrator shall submit an application to court for the
termination of insolvency proceedings of a legal person,
appending the notification on the implementation of the plan for
settling the claims of creditors.
(2) If objections from creditors are received within 15 days
after sending of the notification on the implementation of the
plan for settling the claims of creditors, the administrator
shall:
1) rectify the deficiencies in the implementation of the plan
for settling the claims of creditors within five days, if the
objections are taken into account, and submit an application to
court for the termination of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person, appending thereto an updated notification on the
implementation of the plan for settling the claims of
creditors;
2) if the objections are not taken into account, submit an
application to court for the termination of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, appending thereto a notification
on the implementation of the plan for settling the claims of
creditors and inform the court of the objections received.
(3) The application referred to in Paragraphs one and two of
this Section shall be submitted to court within 10 days after
expiry of the deadline specified in Paragraphs one and two of
this Section.
(4) If the administrator has included a proposal to terminate
insolvency proceedings of a legal person in the report on the
non-existence of debtor's property referred to in Section 112 of
this Law, and no objections are received from creditors, the
administrator shall submit to court an application for the
termination of insolvency proceedings of a legal person within 15
days after expiry of the deadline specified in Section 112,
Paragraph four of this Law.
Section 120. Effects of the
Termination of Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) If insolvency proceedings of a legal person are terminated
concurrently with the court ruling for the implementation of the
debtor's legal protection proceedings, the powers of the
administrator as an administrative body in the respective
insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall expire and the
debtor's rights to manage his or her property, and also the
activity of the debtor's administrative body, shall be
restored.
(2) If insolvency proceedings of a legal person are terminated
in connection with the completion of the debtor's insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, the administrator shall destroy
the debtor's stamps and unused debtor's forms within one day
after receipt of the court ruling and draw up a statement on the
destruction of the stamp and debtor's forms, and destroy the
unused strict accountability receipt forms in accordance with the
procedures laid down in laws and regulations.
(3) [25 September 2014]
(4) Within five days after receipt of the court decision to
complete the proceedings, the administrator shall submit to the
Enterprise Register an application for the deletion of the debtor
from the relevant register, together with a statement from the
State Archives that the debtor's documents have been handed over
for storage.
(5) If insolvency proceedings of a legal person are terminated
in connection with the completion of the debtor's insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, the administrator's powers shall
be terminated upon exclusion of the debtor from the relevant
public register.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Chapter XXII
Features of Insolvency Proceedings of Partnerships
[16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 121. Rights of the Creditors
whose Claims do not Arise from Debtor's Commercial Activities
(1) If insolvency proceedings of a legal person are proclaimed
for a partnership, the complementary creditors of the partnership
shall also have the creditor's rights specified in this
Chapter.
(2) If the creditors referred to in Paragraph one of this
Section do not file their claims in accordance with Section 73 of
this Law, the provisions of Section 122 of this Law shall not
apply thereto.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 122. Limitation Period of
the Right to Claim
(1) After completion of insolvency proceedings of a
partnership in accordance with the procedures laid down in
Chapter XXI of this Law, the non-covered right to claims of
creditors shall have the limitation period specified in the
Commercial Law.
(2) The right to claim of creditors referred to in Section
121, Paragraph one of this Law shall also have the limitation
period referred to in Paragraph one of this Section if these
creditors have filed their claims in insolvency proceedings of a
partnership.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 123. Right to Use Insolvency
Proceedings of a Natural Person
A natural person who has been a complementary in a partnership
regarding which the insolvency proceedings of a legal person have
been terminated has the right to address the court with an
application for insolvency proceedings of a natural person.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Chapter XXIII
Features of Insolvency Proceedings of the Producer of
Agricultural Products
Section 124. Initiation of
Insolvency Proceedings and Sale of the Property of a Producer of
Agricultural Products
(1) Insolvency proceedings of the producer of agricultural
products shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions
of insolvency proceedings of a legal person, unless it is laid
down otherwise in this Chapter.
(2) In insolvency proceedings a producer of agricultural
products shall be mean the subject of insolvency proceedings of a
legal person from whose annual income more than 50 per cent on
the day of the proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person is formed by revenue from the production and processing of
agricultural products.
(3) When deciding on the sale of the property of a producer of
agricultural products, the seasonal nature of agricultural
products and dependence on nature and climatic conditions, and
also the opportunity for settling the claims of creditors from
income which the producer of agricultural products may acquire at
the end of the respective period of agricultural activities,
shall be taken into account.
(4) In order to obtain income from produced or processed
agricultural products, the sale of the property of a producer of
agricultural products is commenced not before the end of the
respective period of agricultural activities, conforming to the
period necessary in order to sell the produced or processed
agricultural products. This time limit may not exceed one year.
This may be extended by six months by consent of the creditors'
meeting.
Section 125. Sale of the Property of
a Producer of Agricultural Products
(1) When selling the property of a producer of agricultural
products, the property as a whole shall be offered for sale in
the first place.
(2) A person who is engaged in the production or processing of
agricultural products and whose property is a plot of land
bordering the plot of land belonging to the debtor shall have
pre-emptive rights to purchase the property of the producer of
agricultural products as a whole, for its evaluation price.
(3) If several persons who meet the provisions of Paragraph
two of this Section wish to acquire the item for sale as a whole,
an auction by ascending step is organised between them.
(4) If no persons who meet the provisions of Paragraph two of
this Section apply to purchase the item for sale as a whole
within one month from the day of the offer being expressed, the
item shall be sold as a whole in accordance with the general
procedures laid down in this Law.
Section 126. Provisions for the Sale
of the Property of a Producer of Agricultural Products
(1) If the property of a producer of agricultural products is
not sold as a whole in accordance with the procedures provided
for in Section 125 of this Law, the property of this producer of
agricultural products may be sold in accordance with the general
procedures provided for in this Law.
(2) When selling the immovable property owned by a producer of
agricultural products which is used in the production or
processing of agricultural products, a producer of agricultural
products from the administrative territory of the site of the
immovable property has the pre-emptive rights to purchase this
property for the evaluation price specified by a certified
immovable property evaluator.
(3) If several persons who meet the provisions of Paragraph
two of this Section wish to acquire the immovable property
referred to in Paragraph two of this Section, an auction by
ascending step is organised between them.
Division D
Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
Chapter XXIV
General Provisions of Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural
Person
Section 127. Subjects of Insolvency
Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) A subject of insolvency proceedings of a natural person
may be any natural person who has been a taxpayer in the Republic
of Latvia in the previous six months and who is in financial
difficulties (hereinafter in this Division - the debtor).
(2) The debtor's guardian or trustee in insolvency proceedings
of a natural person shall implement the debtor's rights and
duties in accordance with the requirements of the Civil Law.
(3) The insolvency proceedings of a natural person shall also
be applicable to the debtors who are concurrently sole
proprietorships or owners of an individual (family) undertaking,
farm, or fishing enterprise.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 128. Basic Conditions of
Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) The provisions of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
are applied to insolvency proceedings of a natural person in
conformity with the provisions of this Chapter.
(2) The debtor has the rights and obligations of a debtor's
representative specified in this Law.
(3) Insolvency proceedings of a natural person comprise the
bankruptcy procedure and the procedure for extinguishing
obligations in succession.
(4) Within the scope of the bankruptcy procedure all the
debtor's property are sold off, and the funds acquired from the
sale shall be transferred for settling the claims of creditors,
except for the property specified in Annex 1 to the Civil
Procedure Law and the amounts referred to in Section 596.
(5) Within the scope of the procedure for extinguishing
obligations, the debtor's income are shifted for settling the
claims of creditors and after expiry of the time limit for the
procedure for extinguishing obligations, the obligations not
covered within the scope of this procedure are extinguished.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 129. Features and
Prerequisites of Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) Insolvency proceedings of a natural person may be applied
to a debtor if any of the following features of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person exist:
1) this person does not have the possibility to settle debt
obligations for which the due date has set it, and the debt
obligations exceed EUR 5000 in total;
2) in connection with provable circumstances, it will not be
possible for this person to settle debt obligations which will be
due within a year and the debt obligations exceed EUR 10 000 in
total;
3) this person does not have a possibility to settle debt
obligations out of which at least one debt obligation is based on
an unsettled ancillary obligation or joint obligation between the
debtor and the persons specified in Section 131, Paragraph one,
Clauses 1 and 2 of this Law if it exceeds EUR 5000;
4) within the scope of the sole proprietorship, individual
(family) undertaking, farm, fishing enterprise, or economic
activity:
a) when applying compulsory execution means it has not been
possible to enforce the court ruling regarding the recovery of
debt from the debtor;
b) the debtor has not honoured one or more debt obligations
from which the principal debt amount separately or in total
exceeds EUR 2134 and the deadline of which has expired, and the
creditor or creditors have issued or sent a warning paid by the
sender to the legal address of the debtor regarding their
intention to submit the application for the insolvency
proceedings of a natural person, and the debtor has not paid
their debt or raised justified objections to the claim within
three weeks following the handing over of the warning to the
postal merchant;
c) the debtor has not paid an employee the work remuneration
in full, compensation for damages in connection with an accident
at work or an occupational disease or has not made the mandatory
social insurance payments within two months after the day
specified for payment. Unless the day of payment of work
remuneration is specified in the employment contract, this day
shall be considered to be the first working day of the following
month;
d) the debtor has not honoured its obligations which are past
due for more than two months;
5) in the case where the debtor is concurrently a sole
proprietorship or owner of an individual (family) undertaking,
farm, or fishing enterprise:
a) according to the initial financial report of liquidation
the sole proprietorship, individual (family) undertaking, farm,
or fishing enterprise has insufficient assets to satisfy all the
justified claims of creditors, or this condition is discovered
during the course of liquidation;
b) the condition referred to in Section 51, Paragraph two of
this Law has set in;
c) one of the cases referred to in Section 51, Paragraph three
of this Law has set in;
d) the condition referred to in Section 51, Paragraph five of
this Law has set in.
(2) A precondition for the application of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person shall be the payment of a deposit
for insolvency proceedings of a natural person in the amount of
two minimum monthly wages into an account specially created by
the Insolvency Control Service.
(21) The court may fully or partly exempt an
employee from payment of the insolvency proceedings deposit, if
he or she submits an application for insolvency proceedings after
that when, by applying enforcement measures, it was not possible
to enforce a court ruling regarding the recovery of debt from the
debtor, and the employee, taking into account his or her
financial situation, is not able to pay the deposit for the
insolvency proceedings.
(22) In the case referred to in Paragraph
2.1 of this Section, the deposit shall be covered from
the funds of the employee claim guarantee fund.
(3) The deposit for insolvency proceedings of a natural person
shall be used to cover the remuneration of the administrator
specified in Section 171, Paragraph one of this Law and value
added tax if the administrator has been registered in the State
Revenue Service Value Added Tax Taxable Persons Register.
(4) If insolvency proceedings of a natural person are not
proclaimed, the deposit shall be reimbursed to the submitter of
the application for insolvency proceedings of a natural
person.
(41) The deposit for insolvency proceedings of a
natural person shall not be repaid to the submitter of an
application for insolvency proceedings of a natural person who is
not the debtor in the following cases:
1) the application for insolvency proceedings of a natural
person has been unjustified or deliberately false;
2) the creditor, in receiving the settlement of the claim
thereof, does not revoke the application for insolvency
proceedings of a natural person and the court holds a hearing for
the examination of the case of insolvency proceedings of a
natural person.
(42) In the cases referred to in Paragraph
4.1 of this Section, the deposit paid shall be
transferred to the Treasury.
(5) The Cabinet shall determine the procedures by which the
deposit for insolvency proceedings of a natural person shall be
paid into the account specially created by the Insolvency Control
Service and disbursed to the administrator or to the submitter of
the application for insolvency proceedings of a natural
person.
[12 September 2013; 25 September 2014; 31 May 2018; 16
March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 130. Restrictions on the
Application of Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) Insolvency proceedings of a natural person shall not be
applicable or terminable for a person:
1) who in the last three years prior to the proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a natural person has deliberately
provided false information to his or her creditors;
2) who is subject to criminal liability for committing the
criminal offence referred to in Section 210 of the Criminal
Law;
3) who has, within the last 10 years prior to the declaration
of insolvency proceedings of a natural person, had insolvency
proceedings of a natural person terminated within the scope of
which obligations have been extinguished;
4) within the last five years prior to the declaration of
insolvency proceedings of a natural person or during insolvency
proceedings of a natural person, a ruling of the competent
authority has entered into effect in criminal proceedings under
which it has been established that the debtor has avoided tax
payment;
5) who has had insolvency proceedings of a natural person
terminated without extinguishing the obligations within the last
year prior to the declaration of insolvency proceedings of a
natural person;
6) who has been released from his or her debt obligations in
accordance with the procedures laid down in the Law on Release of
a Natural Person from Debt Obligations within the last three
years prior to the declaration of insolvency proceedings of a
natural person, irrespective of whether his or her release from
debt obligations has been later cancelled;
7) for whom an application for releasing a natural person from
debt obligations in accordance with the procedures laid down in
the Law on Release of a Natural Person from Debt Obligations has
been accepted.
(2) If the insolvency proceedings of a natural person have
been terminated by extinguishing the obligations but later the
extinguishing of obligations has been revoked, the restrictions
on applying the insolvency proceedings of a natural person shall
be determined in conformity with the grounds for revoking the
extinguishing of obligations.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018; 15 June 2021; 16 March
2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 131. Interested Persons in
Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) The following persons shall be considered as interested
persons in relation to the debtor:
1) the debtor's spouse;
2) a person who is in relation or affinity to the debtor to
the second degree;
3) the debtor's guardian or trustee;
4) a commercial company in which the debtor has a decisive
influence within the meaning of the Group of Companies Law;
5) the proctor, person with a commercial power of attorney, or
person who has performed the functions of an administrative body
in the case where the debtor is concurrently a sole
proprietorship or owner of an individual (family) undertaking,
farm, or fishing enterprise.
(2) Such person shall also be considered as an interested
person in relation to the debtor who has been an interested
person in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph one of this
Section within the last five years prior to the initiation of the
case of insolvency proceedings of a natural person.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 132. Publicity of the Case
of Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) The responsible authority shall enter the following
information in the Insolvency Register on a case of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person:
1) the debtor's given name, surname, and personal identity
number;
11) if applicable, also the firm name (name) and
registration number of the debtor who is concurrently a sole
proprietorship or the owner of an individual (family)
undertaking, farm, or fishing enterprise;
2) the date when insolvency proceedings of a natural person
have been declared, the name of the court, the case number and,
if applicable, also the time limit within which the complaint
referred to in Article 5 of Regulation No 2015/848 of the
European Parliament and of the Council shall be submitted;
3) the given name, surname, and number of the office
certificate of the administrator appointed to the case;
4) the given name, surname, the number of the office
certificate, and the period of validity of the authorisation of
the authorised administrator;
5) if applicable, also the given name, surname, address of the
place of practice, telephone number, or electronic mail address
of the administrator involved in the insolvency proceedings
specified in Article 3(1) of Regulation No 2015/848 of the
European Parliament and of the Council;
6) if applicable, also the type of insolvency proceedings in
accordance with Article 3(1), (2) or (4) of Regulation No
2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
7) the type of insolvency proceedings in accordance with
Section 128, Paragraph three of this Law;
8) the date of termination of insolvency proceedings of a
natural person, the name of the court, and the justification;
81) if applicable, also the date on which the court
decision revoking the release of a natural person from
obligations was taken;
9) the deadline for the application by creditors;
10) the address, date and time of the creditors' meeting;
11) the date of the making of the entry.
(2) The information referred to in Paragraph one of this
Section may be published also in other registers, information
systems, or databases.
(3) The information referred to in Paragraph one of this
Section shall be published in the Insolvency Register during
insolvency proceedings of a natural person, and also one year
after the day of making an entry on the termination of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person or revocation of the release of
the debtor from obligations.
(4) The responsible institution shall store the information
referred to in Paragraph one of this Section in the Insolvency
Register:
1) for 10 years after termination of insolvency proceedings of
a natural person;
2) until the moment it is established that a natural person
has died but at least for 10 years after termination of
insolvency proceedings of a natural person - if insolvency
proceedings of a natural person have been suspended on the basis
of Section 130, Clause 2 of this Law.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March
2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Chapter XXV
Commencement of Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
Section 133. Persons who may Submit
an Application for Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) An application for insolvency proceedings of a natural
person may be submitted in the cases provided for in this Law
by:
1) the debtor if any of the features referred to in Section
129, Paragraph one of this Law is present;
2) the person referred to in Article 37(1)(a) of Regulation No
2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
3) the debtor jointly with the interested persons specified in
Section 131, Paragraph one, Clauses 1 and 2 of this Law, if the
feature referred to in Section 129, Paragraph one, Clause 3 of
this Law is present for each of them.
4) the creditor if any of the features of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person referred to in Section 129,
Paragraph one, Clause 4, Sub-clause "a", "b", or "c" of this Law
exists;
5) the creditor if the feature referred to in Section 51,
Paragraph three, Clause 2 of this Law exists;
6) a representative of the majority of creditors specified in
Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law if any of the features
referred to in Section 51, Paragraph three of this Law is
present;
7) the debtor if any of the features of insolvency proceedings
of a natural person referred to in Section 129, Paragraph one,
Clause 4, Sub-clause "d" or Clause 5, Sub-clause "a" or "d" of
this Law exists.
(11) In the cases referred to in Paragraph one,
Clauses 4, 5, 6, and 7 of this Section, only the claims arising
from the activities of a sole proprietorship, individual (family)
undertaking, farm, fishing enterprise, or a performer of economic
activity shall be taken into account.
(2) An application for insolvency proceedings of a natural
person shall be submitted to court in accordance with the
procedures laid down in the Civil Procedure Law.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraphs 82 and 86 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 133.1 Debtor's
Obligation to Submit an Application for Insolvency Proceedings of
a Natural Person
(1) If the debtor is concurrently a sole proprietorship or
owner of an individual (family) undertaking, farm, or fishing
enterprise, he or she has the obligation to submit an application
for insolvency proceedings of a natural person in the cases
referred to in Section 133, Paragraph one, Clause 7 of this
Law.
(2) In the case referred to in Paragraph one this Section,
only the claims arising from the activities of a sole
proprietorship, individual (family) undertaking, farm, or fishing
enterprise shall be taken into account.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 134. Effects of the
Proclamation of Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) After proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a natural
person, the bankruptcy procedure is commenced.
(2) After proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a natural
person:
1) the enforcement proceedings in the cases regarding the
recovery of the amounts adjudged but not recovered are suspended,
and in cases regarding the honouring of the debtor's obligations
through court;
2) the debtor shall lose the right to act with all his or her
property, and also of the property of third persons which is
possessed or held by the debtor (except for property to which
recovery may not be addressed), and such rights shall be acquired
by the administrator;
3) the increase in interest for the use of the loan (credit),
the increase in the statutory interest, the increase in the
penalty (including the penalty increment expressed in per cent),
the increase in the late payment charges, and the increase in the
interest for the recovery of unlawful aid for commercial activity
ceases. The calculation of late payment charges which are
specified as interest payments for missing the deadline for the
payment of taxes, fees, and penalties, including the late payment
charges which are calculated as unlawful aid for commercial
activity, is suspended for tax claims;
4) the debtor shall lose the rights without the
administrator's consent to conclude transactions the amount of
which exceeds one minimum monthly wage more often than once a
month;
5) the debtor shall lose the right to undertake new debt
obligations without the administrator's consent.
(3) The debtor's obligations whose fulfilment deadline has
taken effect after the day of the proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person shall be considered to be those
whose fulfilment deadline has taken effect on the day of the
proclamation of insolvency proceedings.
(4) A court decision proclaiming insolvency proceedings of a
natural person shall be the grounds for a stay of proceedings
against the debtor.
(5) The judgement of the court announcing insolvency
proceedings of a natural person shall be the grounds for revoking
the securing of claims in accordance with the procedures laid
down in the Civil Procedure Law.
[25 September 2014; 16 March 2023]
Section 135. Appointing of the
Administrator to Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
Section 59, Paragraph one of this Law shall be applied to the
appointing of the administrator to insolvency proceedings of a
natural person.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 136. Restrictions on
Debtor's and Creditor's Actions in Insolvency Proceedings of a
Natural Person
(1) After proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a natural
person the debtor is prohibited from performing activities which
cause losses to the creditors.
(2) Upon proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a natural
person, a creditor is prohibited from performing individual
activities by which losses are inflicted upon other
creditors.
(3) Financial rights which have arisen for the creditor or
third person as a result of the activities referred to in
Paragraph one or two of this Section shall be recognised as
invalid.
Chapter XXVI
Course of Bankruptcy Procedure
Section 137. Administrator's
Activities During Bankruptcy Procedure
After proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a natural
person and commencement of the bankruptcy procedure, the
administrator shall:
1) open in his or her name an account with a credit
institution for securing the claims of creditors within the scope
of the bankruptcy procedure, if funds are transferred to the
administrator in accordance with Section 139, Clause 2 of this
Law, or the selling of property is intended as part of insolvency
proceedings of the debtor;
2) where necessary, submit an application to the relevant
public registers for the entry or deletion of a notation of
insolvency, appending a copy of the court decision to appoint an
administrator;
3) survey debtor's property and obligations;
4) request and receive information from the debtor, and also
from State authorities and credit institutions necessary to
survey debtor's property and obligations, and also other
information within the scope of insolvency proceedings of a
natural person;
5) accept, register, and check claims of creditors;
6) where necessary, take debtor's property under his or her
administration, except for property to which recovery may not be
addressed, and the property referred to in Section 140, Clause 2
of this Law, and also the property possessed or held by the
debtor which is in the ownership of third persons;
7) provide creditors with a report of his or her activities
and recommendations for the acquisition of funds for covering the
costs of insolvency proceedings of a natural person and for
settling the claims of creditors;
8) prepare the plan for the sale of debtor's property;
9) recover the debts of debtors and take legal actions for the
recovery of debtor's other property;
10) organise the sale of debtor's property;
11) [25 September 2014];
12) represent the debtor in matters connected to insolvency
proceedings of a natural person;
13) upon request of the debtor and upon mutual agreement,
provide advice for drafting a plan for extinguishing
obligations;
14) if necessary and in the case where the debtor is
concurrently a sole proprietorship, owner of an individual
(family) undertaking, farm, or fishing enterprise, or a performer
of economic activity, perform the activities specified in Section
63, Paragraph one, Clause 2, Section 64, Paragraph one, Clauses
1, 2, and 3, Section 65, Clause 2, and Section 67, Clause 2 of
this Law in relation to the economic activity of the debtor.
[14 October 2010; 25 September 2014; 16 March 2023 /
See Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 138. Administrator's Rights
During Bankruptcy Procedure
(1) Within the scope of the bankruptcy procedure, the
administrator has, in addition to the general administrator's
rights specified in this Law, the following rights:
1) to alienate debtor's property in the cases specified in
this Law;
2) to cover the expenses of insolvency proceedings of a
natural person (Section 172);
3) to invite specialists in order to ensure efficient and
lawful insolvency proceedings of a natural person and to cover
the costs related thereto by consent of the creditors from
debtor's property or other sources for financing the insolvency
proceedings of natural persons.
(2) When exercising the right to invite a specialist provided
for in Paragraph one, Clause 3 of this Section, a transaction
shall be concluded in writing by specifying, as a minimum, the
following information:
1) the parties to the transaction;
2) a description of the activities for which the specialist is
to be remunerated;
3) the amount of the remuneration determined for the
specialist.
[16 March 2023]
Section 139. Obligations of Debtor
During Bankruptcy Procedure
The debtor has an obligation to:
1) generate income according to his or her possibilities;
2) not later than within 10 days after proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a natural person, transfer his or her
funds to the administrator;
3) keep and manage his or her property as an honest and
careful proprietor;
4) prepare a plan for extinguishing obligations;
5) supply the administrator with the information necessary for
the course of insolvency proceedings;
6) cover the costs of insolvency proceedings of a natural
person;
7) upon request of the administrator, transfer the property
under his or her administration, except for property to which
recovery may not be addressed, and the property referred to in
Section 140, Clause 2 of this Law, and also the property
possessed or held by the debtor which is in the ownership of
third persons.
[25 September 2014; 21 November 2019]
Section 140. Rights of Debtor During
Bankruptcy Procedure
The debtor has the following rights:
1) to keep the income which is necessary to cover indirect
costs of insolvency proceedings of a natural person;
2) to keep property which is essential for the acquisition of
income;
3) to use the System in accordance with the procedures and to
the extent laid down in laws and regulations when exercising the
rights granted in the law and fulfilling the obligations
specified in the law;
4) if the debtor is concurrently a sole proprietorship or
owner of an individual (family) undertaking, farm, or fishing
enterprise, to submit to the court an application for the
transition to legal protection proceedings in relation to the
sole proprietorship, individual (family) undertaking, farm, or
fishing enterprise in conformity with the provisions of Chapter
XIX of this Law.
[31 May 2018; 21 November 2019; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 141. Claims of Creditors and
Creditors' Meeting
(1) The claims of creditors against the debtor shall be
submitted to the administrator in accordance with the procedures
laid down in Chapter XIII of this Law. (2) If a creditor has
missed the deadline for submitting the claim referred to in
Section 73, Paragraph one of this Law, it may submit the claim
against the debtor within a time limit not exceeding six months
from the day when the entry has been made in the Insolvency
Register on the proclamation of insolvency proceedings of the
debtor, however, not later than until the day when the final list
of the costs of bankruptcy procedure has been drawn up in
accordance with the procedures laid down in this Law.
(11) After the time limit for submitting claims of
creditors referred to in Section 73, Paragraph two of this Law, a
limitation period sets in, thereby the creditor shall lose the
status of a creditor and its right of claim against the debtor
both within the scope of insolvency proceedings of a natural
person, and also after the debtor has been released from
obligations in the case referred to in Section 164, Paragraph one
of this Law. The obligations referred to in Section 164,
Paragraph four, Clauses 1, 2, and 4 of this Law shall have no
limitation period.
(2) The administrator shall draw up the claims of debtor's
creditors in accordance with the procedures laid down in Chapter
XIII of this Law.
(21) The administrator shall, without delay, send a
notification on the proclamation of insolvency proceedings
electronically to all known creditors of the debtor whose right
to claim is secured by a commercial pledge or mortgage registered
in the Land Register or Ship Register. If the information
accessible to the general public does not contain any information
on the debtor's creditors or e-mail addresses of the creditors,
the administrator is entitled not to send the notification to the
abovementioned creditors.
(3) Creditors' meetings take place in accordance with the
provisions of Chapter XV of this Law.
(4) Any creditor has the right to request the convening of a
creditors' meeting.
[25 September 2014; 19 February 2015 / See Paragraph 34 of
the Transitional Provisions]
Section 142. Right of Creditors to
Notify of the Restrictions on Applying Insolvency Proceedings of
a Natural Person
(1) Within two months from the day when the entry has been
made in the Insolvency Register on the proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a debtor, creditors have the right to submit to
the administrator a proposal to terminate insolvency proceedings
of a natural person, if creditors have at their disposal
information on the restrictions referred to in Sections 130 and
153 of this Law.
(2) The administrator's decision not to submit the application
to a court for the termination of bankruptcy procedure after
receipt of the creditors' notification referred to in this
Paragraph concerning existence of the restrictions referred to in
Section 130 of this Law may be appealed to the court before which
the case of insolvency proceedings of a natural person has been
brought.
[14 October 2010; 25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of
the Transitional Provisions]
Section 143. Debtor's Property
(1) The provisions contained in Chapter XVI of this Law shall
be applicable to debtor's property and the procedures for the
management thereof, unless it is laid down otherwise in this
Law.
(2) Debtor's property is also the debtor's income which has
been acquired during insolvency proceedings of a natural
person.
(3) The administrator shall be responsible for keeping
debtor's property, the former being allowed to transfer this
property to the debtor for keeping with or without the right to
use it.
Section 144. Appeal of Transactions
During Bankruptcy Procedure
Transactions concluded by the debtor may be appealed in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Chapter XVII of this
Law, if the restrictions on the extinguishment of obligations
specified in Section 153 of this Law are established.
Section 145. Sale of Debtor's
Property During Bankruptcy Procedure
(1) The administrator shall ensure the sale of debtor's
property in conformity with the plan for the sale of the
property.
(2) The administrator shall commence the sale of property not
sooner than two months after proclamation of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person.
Section 146. Plan for the Sale of
Debtor's Property in Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural
Person
(1) For the sale of debtor's property, the administrator shall
draw up a plan for the sale of debtor's property (Section 113),
taking into account the provisions of Sections 111 and 148 of
this Law.
(2) If the secured creditor and debtor have entered into an
agreement to keep the dwelling which is encumbered by a pledge
and this agreement is comparable with the interests of the other
creditors, this is indicated in the plan for the sale of the
debtor's property.
(3) The administrator shall send the plan for the sale of
debtor's property to creditors in accordance with the procedures
laid down in this Law not later than two weeks after expiry of
the term for the creditor's application.
(4) The plan for the sale of debtor's property shall be
implemented in conformity with the provisions of Chapter XX of
this Law, insofar as it is not laid down otherwise in this
Law.
Section 147. Procedures for Covering
the Costs of Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person and
Settling the Claims of Creditors
(1) After implementation of the plan for the sale of debtor's
property, the administrator shall draw up and send all creditors
a list of the final costs of the bankruptcy procedure,
determining the procedures for settling the claims of creditors,
and also a report on the funds received and spent.
(2) The payments for the means of support are settled in full
from debtor's property in the first place, including payments to
the Maintenance Guarantee Fund, and also the costs of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person.
(3) Funds which have been acquired by selling the debtor's
property serving as security shall be shifted for settling the
claim of the secured creditor.
(31) After making of the payments referred to in
Paragraphs two and three of this Section, the claims referred to
in Section 118, Paragraphs two and three of this Law are
sequentially settled.
(4) The claims of the non-secured creditors are amalgamated
into one group without priority. After making the payments
referred to in Paragraphs two, three, and 3.1 of this
Section, the claims of the non-secured creditors shall be settled
in proportion to the amount of the principal debt of each
creditor. From debtor's funds remaining after settling the claims
of the non-secured creditors in the amount of the principal debt,
the ancillary claims of the non-secured creditors shall be
settled (in proportion to the amount due to each creditor).
(5) Debtor's funds remaining after settling the costs of
insolvency proceedings referred to in this Section and settling
the claims of creditors are transferred to the debtor.
(6) [19 February 2015]
[25 September 2014; 19 February 2015; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 148. Agreement on Keeping
Debtor's Dwelling in the Debtor's Ownership
(1) A secured creditor and the debtor may enter into an
agreement that the dwelling owned by the debtor which has been
pledged in favour of the secured creditor is not sold during
insolvency proceedings of a natural person.
(2) In the case referred to in Paragraph one of this Section,
a payment which shall not exceed the amount which would be
payable to a debtor when hiring the debtor's property serving as
security during insolvency proceedings of a natural person shall
be made to the secured creditor during insolvency proceedings of
a natural person.
(3) The administrator shall make the payments referred to in
Paragraph two of this Section from the debtor's property in
conformity with the timetable agreed upon by the debtor and the
secured creditor. The claim of the creditor is reduced by the
payments made to the secured creditor.
(4) If the procedure for extinguishing obligations is applied
to the debtor after completion of the bankruptcy procedure, the
agreement referred to in this Section shall remain in effect and
the secured creditor shall, during the procedure for
extinguishing obligations, receive payments which do not exceed
those referred to in Paragraph two of this Section.
(5) The secured creditor is entitled to withdraw from the
agreement entered into and request the sale of the debtor's
property serving as security, if the payments provided for in the
conditions of the agreement are not made.
(6) If euro debtor's dependants are living with him or her in
a dwelling with a cadastral value not exceeding EUR 142 287 and
the dwelling is the declared place of residence of the debtor's
dependants who are living together with him or her, the sale of
this dwelling in an auction can be postponed for a period of up
to one year from the proclamation date of insolvency proceedings
of a natural person, to allow the debtor to find another
dwelling. This possibility should be provided for in the plan for
the sale of the property of the natural person.
(7) Within the meaning of this Law, a dwelling is a property
owned by the debtor which he or she has declared as the place of
residence in the six months preceding the day when the
application for insolvency proceedings has been submitted to the
court.
[12 September 2013; 25 September 2014 / See Paragraphs 18
and 34 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 149. Completion of
Bankruptcy Procedure
(1) The administrator shall send the report on the completion
of bankruptcy procedure to the creditors and debtor not later
than 15 days after completion of the sale and recovery of
debtor's property (Section 144). The administrator shall also
send the report on the completion of bankruptcy procedure if the
dwelling remains in the ownership of the debtor in respect of
which the debtor has reached an agreement with the secured
creditor.
(2) The administrator shall indicate the amount of the settled
claims of creditors and non-settled claims of creditors in the
report on the completion of bankruptcy procedure.
(3) When sending the creditors a report on the completion of
bankruptcy procedure, a plan for extinguishing obligations which
has been drawn up in accordance with Sections 154 and 155 of this
Law shall be appended thereto.
(4) Within 15 days after receipt of the administrator's
report, the creditors and debtor have the right to express
objections against and recommendations for the completion of
bankruptcy procedure thereto.
(5) The administrator shall, having evaluated the proposals
and objections submitted, take the appropriate measures within
the scope of the bankruptcy procedure. If the administrator has
not taken into account the proposals and objections expressed, he
or she shall provide a reasoned response to the submitter of the
relevant objection or proposal and notify the court accordingly,
submitting an application for the approval of the completion of
bankruptcy procedure.
(6) Not earlier than three weeks and not later than one month
after the report on the completion of bankruptcy procedure has
been sent to the debtor and creditors, the administrator shall
submit to court an application for the approval of the completion
of the bankruptcy procedure.
(7) When submitting to court an application for the approval
of the completion of bankruptcy procedure, the administrator
shall concurrently request the termination of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person, if restrictions on the
application of the procedure for extinguishing obligations are
established for the debtor (Section 153).
(8) If the debtor is concurrently a sole proprietorship or
owner of an individual (family) undertaking, farm, or fishing
enterprise, the administrator shall perform the activities
specified in Section 120 of this Law in relation to the sole
proprietorship, individual (family) undertaking, farm, or fishing
enterprise.
[14 October 2010; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 150. Termination of
Bankruptcy Procedure
(1) The court shall terminate the bankruptcy procedure
concurrently with terminating insolvency proceedings of a natural
person, if restrictions on the application of insolvency
proceedings of a natural person are established (Section
130).
(2) The administrator shall submit an application for the
termination of the bankruptcy procedure in the case referred to
in Paragraph one of this Section within three months after
proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a natural person.
(3) The court shall terminate the bankruptcy procedure
concurrently with terminating insolvency proceedings of a natural
person, if the claims of creditors have not been submitted in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 141,
Paragraph one of this Law.
(4) In the case referred to in Paragraph three of this
Section, the debtor shall submit the application for the
termination of the bankruptcy procedure within one month after
expiry of the deadline for submitting claims of creditors
referred to in Section 141, Paragraph one of this Law.
(5) [19 February 2015]
(6) [19 February 2015]
(7) A court shall terminate the bankruptcy procedure
concurrently with terminating insolvency proceedings of a natural
person if the debtor has died.
(8) In the case referred to in Paragraph seven of this
Section, the application for the termination of the bankruptcy
procedure shall be submitted by the administrator.
(9) A court shall terminate the bankruptcy procedure,
concurrently with terminating insolvency proceedings of a natural
person if the legal protection proceedings for the debtor's sole
proprietorship, individual (family) undertaking, farm, or fishing
enterprise have been proclaimed in extrajudicial legal protection
proceedings.
[25 September 2014; 19 February 2015; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 151. Effects of the
Completion or Termination of the Bankruptcy Procedure if
Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person are Terminated
Concurrently
(1) If insolvency proceedings of a natural person are
terminated concurrently with the completion or termination of the
bankruptcy procedure, the administrator's rights provided for in
this Law and the restrictions on the debtor's actions with his or
her property provided for in this Law shall be terminated.
(2) If insolvency proceedings of a natural person are
terminated concurrently with the completion or termination of the
bankruptcy procedure, the creditor's right to request the
honouring of the debtor's obligations in the amount for which the
debtor has not honoured his or her obligations in insolvency
proceedings of a natural person shall be restored, and also the
cases regarding the recovery of the amounts adjudged but not
recovered and the cases regarding the honouring of the debtor's
obligations through the court shall be restored.
Chapter XXVII
Course of the Procedure for Extinguishing Obligations
Section 152. Subjects of the
Procedure for Extinguishing Obligations
(1) A subject of the procedure for extinguishing obligations
may be the debtor whose bankruptcy procedure has been
completed.
(2) The debtor's guardian or trustee shall implement the
debtor's rights and obligations in accordance with the provisions
of the Civil Law.
Section 153. Restrictions on the
Application of the Procedure for Extinguishing Obligations
(1) The procedure for extinguishing obligations shall not be
applied or shall be suspended in the following cases:
1) [16 March 2023];
2) the debtor has deliberately provided false information on
his or her financial situation and hidden his or her actual
income;
3) the debtor fails to fulfil the obligations specified by the
bankruptcy procedure or extinguishing of obligations procedure,
thus notably hindering an efficient course of insolvency
proceedings.
(2) The procedure for extinguishing obligations may not be
applied or may be suspended if the debtor has concluded
transactions within the last three years prior to the
proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a natural person or
during insolvency proceedings as a result of which he or she has
become insolvent or has caused losses to creditors, moreover, he
or she knew or should have known that concluding of such
transactions may lead to insolvency or to losses being caused to
the creditors.
[25 September 2014; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 154. Plan for Extinguishing
Obligations of a Natural Person
(1) The debtor shall draw up a plan for extinguishing
obligations of a natural person during the bankruptcy
procedure.
(2) The following is indicated in the plan for extinguishing
obligations of a natural person:
1) creditors who have submitted their claims in accordance
with the procedures laid down in Section 141, Paragraph one of
this Law and whose claims have not been satisfied in the scope of
the bankruptcy procedure, and also the amount of such claims of
creditors;
2) the term of validity of the plan for extinguishing
obligations;
3) the estimated amount of debtor's monthly income;
4) the estimated amount of debtor's monthly income in order to
cover the debtor's maintenance costs;
5) the amount of the debtor's income necessary for renting his
or her dwelling or interest payments for use to a secured
creditor, if the debtor has agreed with him or her on keeping the
only dwelling;
6) the estimated amount of debtor's monthly income which shall
be shifted for the implementation of the plan for extinguishing
obligations;
7) amounts due to the creditors who have filed their claims in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 141,
Paragraph one of this Law and the settlement schedule in the
procedure for extinguishing obligations;
8) the procedures for the disbursement of amounts which do not
exceed five per cent of the amounts to be disbursed to the
creditors who have filed their claims in accordance with the
procedures laid down in Section 141, Paragraph one of this
Law.
[25 September 2014; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 155. Time Limit for the Plan
for Extinguishing Obligations of a Natural Person
(1) The time limit for the implementation of the plan for
extinguishing obligations of a natural person shall be determined
by taking into account the estimated income in the procedure for
extinguishing obligations. In the cases specified in Paragraphs
two and three of this Section, funds in the amount of one third
of debtor's income after payment of taxes shall be directed
towards settling the claims of creditors.
(2) If according to debtor's evaluation his or her income
during the procedure for extinguishing obligations in the amount
of at least one third after payment of taxes will be sufficient
to cover at least 50 per cent of the total obligations remaining
after completion of the bankruptcy procedure, the time limit for
the plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person shall
be six months from the day of the proclamation of the procedure
for extinguishing obligations.
(3) If the debtor, during the procedure for extinguishing
obligations, is unable to cover the amount of the obligations
specified in Paragraph two of this Section for reasons out of his
or her control, the time limit for the plan for extinguishing
obligations shall be determined as follows:
1) one year from the day of the proclamation of the procedure
for extinguishing obligations, if according to the debtor's
evaluation his or her income during the procedure for
extinguishing obligations in the amount of at least one third
after payment of taxes will be sufficient to cover at least 35
per cent of the total obligations remaining after completion of
the bankruptcy procedure;
2) one year and six months from the day of the proclamation of
the procedure for extinguishing obligations, if according to the
debtor's evaluation his or her income during the procedure for
extinguishing obligations in the amount of at least one third
after payment of taxes will be sufficient to cover at least 20
per cent of the total obligations remaining after completion of
the bankruptcy procedure.
(4) If during the procedure for extinguishing obligations a
debtor is not able to settle the amount of the obligations
specified in Paragraphs two and three of this Section for reasons
beyond his or her control, it shall be provided for in the plan
for extinguishing obligations of a natural person that funds in
the amount of one third of the debtor's income, but not less than
in the amount of one third of one minimum monthly wage before tax
payment will be directed towards settling the claims of
creditors. In the plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural
person, the following time limit shall be set:
1) one year from the day when the procedure for extinguishing
obligations is proclaimed, if the debtor's total amount of
obligations after completion of the bankruptcy procedure do not
exceed EUR 30 000;
2) two years from the day when the procedure for extinguishing
obligations is proclaimed, if the debtor's total amount of
obligations after completion of the bankruptcy procedure is from
EUR 30 001 to EUR 150 000;
3) three years from the day when the procedure for
extinguishing obligations is proclaimed, if the debtor's total
amount of obligations after completion of the bankruptcy
procedure exceed EUR 150 000.
(41) The court may extend the time limit of the
procedure for extinguishing obligations in accordance with the
procedures and in the cases specified in Section 162, Paragraph
six of this Law.
(5) Only the principal debt shall be considered to be the
debtor's obligations, not including penalties, fines, or late
payment interest. The settled unpaid interest for use shall be
added to the debtor's obligations until the proclamation of
insolvency, but not more than in the amount of six per cent per
year. The interest and late payment charges arising from claims
referred to in Chapters IV and V of the Law on Control of Aid for
Commercial Activity shall also be considered the debtor's
obligations.
[25 September 2014; 19 February 2015; 31 May 2018; 15 June
2021; 16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 156. Right of Creditors to
Provide an Opinion and Proposals on the Plan for Extinguishing
Obligations of a Natural Person
(1) When drawing up the plan for extinguishing obligations of
a natural person, the debtor shall co-operate with the creditors,
hearing their objections and proposals.
(2) Creditors have the right within 15 days after receipt of
the plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person to
express their objections and proposals to the debtor in respect
of this plan.
(3) The debtor shall evaluate the objections and proposals
expressed and, if necessary, update the plan for extinguishing
obligations of a natural person.
(4) If the debtor has not taken into account the objections
and proposals expressed, he or she shall provide a reasoned
response to the submitter of the relevant objection or proposal
and notify the court accordingly.
[14 October 2010]
Section 157. Approval of the Plan
for Extinguishing Obligations of a Natural Person in a Court
(1) The debtor shall submit the plan for extinguishing
obligations of a natural person for approval in a court within
the time limit specified in Section 149, Paragraph six of this
Law.
(2) After the court approval of this plan, the debtor shall
send it to all the creditors included in the plan, and also to
the authority responsible for keeping the Insolvency
Register.
Section 158. Effects of the
Proclamation of the Procedure for Extinguishing Obligations
(1) The court decision on the completion of the bankruptcy
procedure and the approval of the plan for extinguishing
obligations of a natural person is the basis for the proclamation
of the procedure for extinguishing obligations.
(2) Concurrently with the court decision on the proclamation
of the procedure for extinguishing obligations:
1) the debtor's right to act with all the property thereof
shall be restored, and also with the property of third persons
which is in the possession or holding of the debtor;
2) the prohibition for the debtor to conclude such
transactions in respect of his or her property whose amount
exceeds two minimum monthly wages without the consent of the
administrator shall be retained.
Section 159. Administrator's
Activities After Proclamation of the Procedure for Extinguishing
Obligations
After proclamation of the procedure for extinguishing
obligations, in accordance with the procedures laid down in this
Law, the administrator:
1) upon request of the creditor, shall supervise the
implementation of the plan for extinguishing obligations of a
natural person;
2) upon request of the creditor, shall supervise debtor's
actions in the fulfilment of the obligations specified in this
Chapter;
3) upon request of the debtor, shall provide him or her with
legal aid in connection with insolvency proceedings of a natural
person (if necessary, shall also draw up amendments to the plan
for extinguishing obligations of a natural person).
Section 160. Debtor's Obligations in
the Procedure for Extinguishing Obligations
The debtor has the following obligations:
1) to implement the plan for extinguishing obligations of a
natural person;
2) to acquire income according to his or her possibilities in
order to satisfy the claims of creditors as fully as
possible;
3) upon request of the administrator, to provide information
for the implementation of the plan for extinguishing obligations
of a natural person;
4) to cover the costs of insolvency proceedings of a natural
person.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 161. Debtor's Rights in the
Procedure for Extinguishing Obligations
The debtor has the following rights:
1) to keep up to two thirds of his or her income in order to
cover his or her maintenance costs;
2) to keep property which is essential for the acquisition of
income;
3) to request legal aid from the administrator in connection
with insolvency proceedings of a natural person (if necessary,
also to draw up amendments to the plan for extinguishing
obligations of a natural person).
[15 June 2021 / See Paragraph 73 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 162. Amendments to the Plan
for Extinguishing Obligations of a Natural Person
(1) If debtor's income changes during the implementation of
the plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person, he or
she has an obligation to prepare amendments to the plan for
extinguishing obligations of a natural person, changing the
deadline for the plan and the amount of the obligations to be
covered within the scope thereof, according to the method
provided for in Section 155 of this Law.
(2) The debtor shall extend the deadline for the
implementation of the plan for extinguishing obligations of a
natural person and reduce the amount of the obligations to be
covered, if the debtor's income reduces in such amount that he or
she will evidently be unable to cover the amount indicated in the
plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person.
(3) The debtor shall reduce the deadline for the
implementation of the plan for extinguishing obligations of a
natural person and increase the amount of the obligations to be
covered, if the debtor's income increases by such amount that he
or she will evidently be able to cover the greater part of his or
her obligations.
(4) If the debtor has increased his or her income during the
procedure for extinguishing obligations by making amendments to
the plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person, he or
she is entitled to proportionately increase not only the part of
the payment to be shifted towards extinguishing obligations, but
also the part of the property he or she is entitled to keep.
(5) Creditors shall be acquainted with the amendments to the
plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person in
accordance with the procedures laid down in Section 149 of this
Law, and the court shall approve them in accordance with the
procedures laid down in Section 157 of this Law.
(6) The debtor's payments to creditors provided for in the
plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person may be
reduced and the term specified in Section 155 of this Law may be
extended accordingly by the court decision once during the period
of the procedure for extinguishing obligations for a time limit
not exceeding one year if the debtor is unable to generate income
or has lost the capacity for work during the period of
extinguishing obligations.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 163. Debtor Monitoring
If the creditors have information that the debtor is hiding
his or her income or is not performing the activities specified
in this Law, in order to cover as great a part as possible of his
or her obligations, the creditors are entitled to request that
the administrator performs an inspection of the debtor's
activities within the scope of the procedure for extinguishing
obligations.
Section 164. Debtor's Exemption from
Obligations
(1) If the debtor has performed the activities specified in
the plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person, after
expiry of the plan being the debtor's obligations, except for
those referred to in Paragraph four of this Section, shall be
extinguished and enforcement proceedings for the recovery of the
extinguished obligations shall be terminated.
(2) The debtor shall not be released from the remaining
obligations specified in the plan for extinguishing obligations
of a natural person if he or she has failed to perform the
activities specified in this plan, significantly affecting the
implementation thereof, and also if the plan for extinguishing
obligations of a natural person has been extended in accordance
with the procedures laid down in Paragraph 2.1 of this
Section and the debtor has failed to perform the activities
specified therein.
(21) If the debtor has failed to perform the
activities specified in the plan for extinguishing obligations of
a natural person, but it has not significantly affected the
implementation of the plan, the court shall extend the operation
of the plan once for one year. In such a case, the conditions
included in the plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural
person shall remain valid and apply to the extended term while
not exceeding the amount of creditor claims recognised in the
insolvency proceedings of a natural person, and the debtor shall
additionally have the obligation to perform the activities which
he or she has failed to perform previously.
(3) A court shall take the decision on releasing the debtor
from obligations upon completion of the procedure for
extinguishing obligations.
(4) After completion of the procedure for extinguishing
obligations, the following shall not be extinguished:
1) claims for maintenance payments;
2) claims from unauthorised activities;
3) a secured claim if the debtor has kept the dwelling serving
as security for this claim, insofar as it is not otherwise
determined in the agreement referred to in Section 148 of this
Law. Enforcement proceedings for the recovery of the
abovementioned obligations shall be restored in the amount of the
remaining debt;
4) claims for the penalties imposed in the administrative
offence proceedings and punishments laid down in the Criminal
Law, and also indemnification for the damage caused;
5) claims arising from the violations referred to in Chapters
IV and V of the Law on Control of Aid for Commercial Activity in
cases where the creditor, upon request of a sworn bailiff, has
provided information on the restoration of execution
proceedings.
(5) The extinguishing of obligations in respect of the
agreement specified in Section 148 of this Law on keeping
debtor's dwelling in his or her ownership shall be determined in
accordance with the abovementioned agreement.
[25 September 2014; 5 December 2019; 16 March 2023 /
See Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 165. Procedures for
Terminating the Procedure for Extinguishing Obligations
(1) The debtor shall submit to court an application for the
termination of the procedure for extinguishing obligations if he
or she:
1) has settled the obligations included in the plan for
extinguishing obligations of a natural person to full extent;
2) has fulfilled the plan for extinguishing obligations of a
natural person.
(2) The administrator shall submit to a court an application
for the termination of the procedure for extinguishing
obligations if:
1) restrictions on the application of the procedure for
extinguishing obligations (Section 153) are established;
2) [25 September 2014].
(3) The creditor shall submit to court an application for the
termination of the procedure for extinguishing obligations
if:
1) the debtor is not implementing the plan for extinguishing
obligations of a natural person;
2) restrictions on the application of the procedure for
extinguishing obligations (Section 153) are established.
(4) When terminating the procedure for extinguishing
obligations, the court shall concurrently terminate insolvency
proceedings of a natural person.
(5) If the court, when terminating the procedure for
extinguishing obligations, establishes that the debtor is exempt
from debt obligations in accordance with Section 164 of this Law,
the court shall release him or her from the obligations indicated
in the plan for extinguishing obligations of a natural person,
concurrently with termination of the procedure.
(6) If the procedure for extinguishing obligations is
terminated without releasing the debtor from obligations, the
claims of creditors are restored and calculated in full amount,
but the suspended court proceedings and enforcement proceedings
of the judgment are restored.
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Section 165.1 Revocation
of the Debtor's Release from Obligations
(1) It shall be permitted to submit the application for the
revocation of the debtor's release from obligations one year
after the day on which the court has decided on the termination
of the insolvency proceedings of a natural person.
(2) The debtor has the obligation to submit an application for
the revocation of the release from obligations if the debtor
comes into possession of funds in the amount of the extinguished
obligations (e.g. through lottery winnings, inheritance, or
gift). The application shall be submitted immediately, but not
later than within one month from the day on which the debtor has
come into possession of funds in the amount of the extinguished
obligations.
(3) A creditor or another person whose lawful rights have been
infringed may, within the time limit specified in Paragraph one
of this Section, submit to the court an application for the
revocation of the release of a natural person from obligations in
the following cases:
1) in the cases referred to in Section 130, Paragraph one,
Clause 4 and Section 153, Paragraph one, Clause 2 and Paragraph
two of this Law if it could not have been objectively established
within the scope of the insolvency proceedings of a natural
person;
2) in the case referred to in Paragraph two of this
Section.
(4) The court shall examine the application for the revocation
of the debtor's release from obligations in accordance with the
procedures laid down in the Civil Procedure Law.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 165.2 Effects of
Revoking the Debtor's Release from Obligations
If the debtor's release from obligations is revoked, all
obligations that where in effect prior to the court decision on
the termination of the insolvency proceedings of a natural person
shall be restored. The insolvency proceedings of a natural person
are not restored.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Division E
Costs of Legal Protection Proceedings and Insolvency
Proceedings
Chapter XXVIII
Costs for Ensuring Lawful and Efficient Course of Legal
Protection Proceedings and Extrajudicial Legal Protection
Proceedings
Section 166. Remuneration of the
Supervisory Person of Legal Protection Proceedings in Legal
Protection Proceedings and Extrajudicial Legal Protection
Proceedings
(1) The amount of remuneration of the supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings and the procedures for its covering
within the legal protection proceedings or extrajudicial legal
protection proceedings shall be agreed upon, if the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings is to be appointed for the
development of and agreement upon the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings with the creditors or for the monitoring
of the implementation of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings if the debtor is requesting an approval of the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings in accordance with
the procedures laid down in Section 42, Paragraph 3.1
of this Law, in writing by the debtor and the supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings and indicated in the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings.
(2) If the appointment of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings is requested in cases other than those
referred to in Paragraph one of this Section, the majority of
creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this Law
shall agree in writing with the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings on the amount of his or her remuneration
and the procedures for covering this remuneration in legal
protection proceedings or extrajudicial legal protection
proceedings and specify it in the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings.
(3) The remuneration of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings for the performance of obligations in
legal protection proceedings or extrajudicial legal protection
proceedings shall be covered by:
1) the debtor if the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings is to be appointed for the development of and
agreement upon the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings with the creditors or for the monitoring of the
implementation of the plan of measures of legal protection
proceedings if the debtor is requesting an approval of the plan
of measures of legal protection proceedings in accordance with
the procedures laid down in Section 42, Paragraph 3.1
of this Law;
2) the majority of creditors specified in Section 42,
Paragraph three of this Law who have requested the appointment of
the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings for
supervising the implementation of the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings, in proportion to the amount of the claim
of each creditor, if the appointment of the supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings has been requested by the majority
of creditors specified in Section 42, Paragraph three of this
Law.
[16 March 2023 / See Paragraph 82 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 167. Expenses of Legal
Protection Proceedings and Extrajudicial Legal Protection
Proceedings
(1) The expenses of legal protection proceedings and
extrajudicial legal protection proceedings shall be covered from
the debtor's funds.
(2) The amount of the expenses of legal protection proceedings
and extrajudicial legal protection proceedings and the procedures
for the covering thereof shall be provided for in the plan of
measures of legal protection proceedings.
(3) The following shall be included in the expenses of legal
protection proceedings:
1) [22 December 2016];
2) the regular tax and fee payments;
3) the wages of the debtor's employees;
4) the expenses necessary for the maintenance and upkeep of
the property;
5) costs related to ensuring the debtor's economic
activities.
[22 December 2016]
Chapter XXIX
Costs for Ensuring the Lawful and Effective Course of Insolvency
Proceedings of a Legal Person and the Sources of Financing These
Costs
Section 168. Sources of Financing
the Costs of Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) The costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
shall be covered from the debtor's property.
(2) If the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
cannot be covered from debtor's property and insolvency
proceedings of a legal person are terminated in accordance with
Section 119, Paragraph four of this Law, the costs of the
insolvency proceedings of a legal person shall be covered from
the deposit for insolvency proceedings of a legal person
indicated in Section 62 of this Law which shall be paid to the
administrator as the costs of the insolvency proceedings of a
legal person from which he or she shall cover the expenditures
and remuneration of insolvency proceedings of a legal person. If
the deposit for insolvency proceedings of a legal person is not
lodged fully or partly (Section 62, Paragraph 7.1),
the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person are covered
from the funds of the employee claim guarantee fund.
(3) If the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
cannot be covered from debtor's property, they may be financed
from the funds of the debtor's representative, the administrator,
creditor, creditor groups or other natural person or legal person
and upon initiative thereof, by the abovementioned persons
agreeing thereto in writing with the administrator, if such
agreement is in the creditors' interests.
(4) If property is sold or recovered in insolvency proceedings
of a legal person, then, for financing the costs of insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, the property granted by persons
which is referred to in Paragraph three of this Section shall be
comparable to the costs of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person and shall be repayable in accordance with the procedures
indicated in Section 118, Paragraph one of this Law, repaying the
property granted by the persons which is referred to in Paragraph
three of this Section in the first place.
(5) If property which has been acquired from the persons
referred to in Sections 166, 167, 168, and 169 of the Commercial
Law is recovered in insolvency proceedings of a legal person
based on the obligation thereof to be liable for the losses
caused to the debtor, then, based on the claims raised by the
creditor in favour of the debtor in accordance with Section 170
of the Commercial Law, the expenses of the creditor who has
raised the claim for the benefit of the debtor which have arisen
in connection with raising this claim shall be comparable to the
costs of insolvency proceedings and repayable in accordance with
the procedures indicated in Section 118, Paragraph one of this
Law, repaying the expenses incurred by him or her in connection
with raising the claim in the first place.
[14 October 2010; 25 September 2014; 31 May 2018]
Section 169. Remuneration of the
Administrator in Insolvency Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) The administrator shall receive remuneration from the
debtor's property for performing the obligations of the
administrator in insolvency proceedings of a legal person, except
for the cases referred to in this Law.
(2) The remuneration of the administrator is specified in the
following amount:
1) in the amount of the deposit referred to in Section 62,
Paragraph one of this Law for the work from the day of
appointment until drawing up of the plan for the sale of the
debtor's property (Section 113) or the report on the
non-existence of the debtor's property (Section 112), and 10 per
cent of funds from the recovered property (Section 93) which have
been recovered until the drawing up of the plan for the sale of
the debtor's property or the report on the non-existence of the
debtor's property;
11) in the amount of two minimum monthly wages
which is covered from the debtor's property in addition to the
remuneration specified in Paragraph two, Clause 1 of this Section
if the debtor meets the following criteria according to data on
the last completed financial year:
a) the debtor has employed more than 250 employees;
b) the annual turnover of the debtor has exceeded EUR 50
million or the annual balance-sheet total has exceeded EUR 43
million;
2) if after drawing up of the plan for the sale of the
debtor's property, insolvency proceedings are continued because
it is possible to finance these proceedings from the debtor's
funds, the administrator's remuneration from the sale of the
debtor's non-pledged property, and also from the debtor's
recovered property, shall be 10 per cent of the amount to be
disbursed to the creditors. The administrator may also agree with
the creditors' meeting or other sponsor of the costs of
insolvency proceedings on another amount of remuneration and the
procedures for the covering thereof;
3) if after drawing up of a report on the non-existence of
debtor's property, insolvency proceedings are continued because
an agreement has been reached on financing the costs of these
proceedings in accordance with Section 168, Paragraph three of
this Law, the administrator shall agree with the sponsor of the
costs of insolvency proceedings on the amount of the
administrator's remuneration and the procedures for the covering
thereof;
4) if economic activity is continued during the insolvency
proceedings of a legal person - one per cent of the net turnover
but not exceeding the amount of two minimum monthly wages per
month. After compilation of the Register of the Claims of
Creditors, the administrator may agree with the creditors on
other amount of the remuneration at a creditors' meeting.
(3) The remuneration for the sale of the debtor's pledged
property, if this has been performed by the administrator, is
specified in the following amounts:
1) up to EUR 4268 - 15 per cent of the amount payable to the
creditor;
2) from EUR 4268 to EUR 14 228 - EUR 640.20 plus 10 per cent
of the amount payable to the creditor which exceeds EUR 4268;
3) from EUR 14 228 to EUR 142 287 - EUR 1636.20 plus 5 per
cent of the amount payable to the creditor which exceeds EUR 14
228;
4) from EUR 142 287 to EUR 711 435 - EUR 8039.15 plus 3 per
cent of the amount payable to the creditor which exceeds EUR 142
287;
5) from EUR 711 435 to EUR 1 422 871 - EUR 25 113.59 plus 2
per cent of the amount payable to the creditor which exceeds EUR
711 435;
6) if the recovered amount exceeds EUR 1 422 871 - EUR 39
342.29 plus 1 per cent of the amount payable to the creditor
which exceeds EUR 1 422 871.
(4) In cases when an auction of a pledged property is
considered not to have taken place and the secured creditor
wishes to keep the property for himself or herself, a coefficient
of 0.3 is applied to the remuneration specified in Paragraph
three of this Section.
(5) In cases where the administrator is removed from
insolvency proceedings of a legal person in accordance with the
procedures laid down in Section 90 of this Law, the remuneration
of the administrator shall amount to one minimum monthly wage
from the moment of appointing the administrator. In such case the
administrator's remuneration shall be paid by the creditors who
have voted for the proposal to remove him or her in proportion to
the number of votes belonging thereto in the creditors'
meeting.
(6) Remuneration is not specified for the administrator if he
or she is removed from insolvency proceedings of a legal person
for the reasons referred to in Section 22, Paragraph two, Clause
1, 2, 3, 4, or 7 of this Law.
(7) Value added tax shall be additionally added to the
remuneration of the administrator specified in this Law for the
performance of administrator's obligations in insolvency
proceedings of a legal person, if the administrator is registered
in the State Revenue Service Value Added Tax Taxable Persons
Register.
(8) In cases where the remuneration of the administrator and
value added tax, if the administrator has been registered in the
State Revenue Service Value Added Tax Taxable Persons Register,
and also the expenses of insolvency proceedings are to be covered
from the deposit referred to in Section 62, Paragraph one of this
Law, the total amount to be disbursed from the deposit may not
exceed the amount of the deposit referred to in Section 62,
Paragraph one of this Law.
[14 October 2010; 12 September 2013; 25 September 2014; 22
December 2016; 31 May 2018 / See Paragraph 60 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 170. Expenses of Insolvency
Proceedings of a Legal Person
(1) Expenses of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
related to ensuring of these proceedings, except for expenses
related to the property which serves as security, and also to
ensuring the continuation of economic activity of the debtor to
full or limited extent, if the creditors' meeting has not
recognised them as justified, may not exceed the following:
1) the amount of the deposit for insolvency proceedings of a
legal person and the amount of five per cent of the evaluation of
the property if a plan for sale of the property has been drawn
up;
2) the amount of the deposit for insolvency proceedings of a
legal person if the report on non-existence of the property has
been drawn up.
(2) The following shall be included in the expenses of
insolvency proceedings of a legal person:
1) remuneration for the invited specialists during the
provision of services according to the significance, extent, and
value of the services they have provided, but not exceeding the
remuneration for analogous services in similar areas;
2) expenses for the upkeep of the debtor's property in
insolvency proceedings;
3) expenses for placing advertisements, organising auctions,
opening, serving and closing a settlement account, expenses for
the notary and postal services;
4) [15 June 2021 / See Paragraph 72 of Transitional
Provisions];
5) official travel expenses which are calculated in accordance
with the laws and regulations regarding expenses related to
official travels and business trips;
6) expenses for continuing the performance of contracts which
have not been terminated in the cases specified in the law, and
also for the performance of those contracts which the
administrator has entered into with third persons during
insolvency proceedings of a legal person;
7) expenses which are related to the liquidation of the
debtor, including removal, processing, and disposal of hazardous
waste;
8) regular tax and fee payments for the period from the day
when insolvency proceedings of a legal person are proclaimed;
9) expenses related to the maintenance of property belonging
to third persons until it is transferred to these persons;
10) expenses which are justified and related to ensuring the
specific insolvency proceedings of a legal person;
11) expenses which have arisen for a creditor when bringing an
action on behalf of the debtor against the members of the
executive board of this debtor, if the claim is satisfied and the
property recovered is at least in the amount of the court
expenses;
12) expenses for the enforcement of a judgment if the
administrator has requested termination of the enforcement
proceedings of the judgment in accordance with Section 65, Clause
12 and Section 67, Clause 14 of this Law.
[31 May 2018; 15 June 2021; 16 March 2023]
Chapter XXX
Costs for Ensuring Lawful and Effective Course of Insolvency
Proceedings of a Natural Person
Section 171. Remuneration of the
Administrator in Insolvency Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) The administrator shall receive remuneration for the
fulfilment of obligations of the administrator in insolvency
proceedings of a natural person:
1) if the procedure for extinguishing obligations has been
declared:
a) for the time period from the day of appointment until
completion of the bankruptcy procedure - half of the amount of
the deposit referred to in Section 129, Paragraph two of this
Law;
b) for the period from the day of declaration of the procedure
for extinguishing obligations, if the administrator has been
appointed prior to the day of declaration of the extinguishing of
obligations, until termination of the procedure for extinguishing
obligations, or for the period from the day of appointment, if
the administrator has been appointed after declaration of the
procedure for extinguishing obligations, until termination of the
procedure for extinguishing obligations - half of the amount of
the deposit referred to in Section 129, Paragraph two of this
Law;
2) for the period from the day of appointment until completion
or termination of the bankruptcy procedure, unless the procedure
for extinguishing obligations is declared - half of the amount of
the deposit referred to in Section 129, Paragraph two of this
Law.
(2) In addition to the remuneration referred to in Paragraph
one of this Section, the administrator shall, within the scope of
the bankruptcy procedure, receive remuneration for recovering and
selling the property in the amount provided for in insolvency
proceedings of a legal person.
(3) The administrator shall receive a remuneration for the
legal aid provided by the administrator in the procedure for
extinguishing the debtor's obligations after approval of the plan
for extinguishing obligations of a natural person and for giving
advice for drawing up a plan for extinguishing obligations of a
natural person in the bankruptcy procedure, not exceeding the
payment for the provision of State ensured legal aid - legal
consultations.
(4) The amount of the administrator's remuneration for
performing the inspection referred to in Section 163 of this Law
shall be determined by the administrator agreeing with the
relevant creditor in writing. If an agreement is not reached, the
administrator shall receive remuneration at a fixed rate - a
one-off remuneration in the amount of one minimum monthly
wage.
(5) In case of insolvency proceedings of a natural person, the
administrator's remuneration shall be covered from the debtor's
property and the deposit for insolvency proceedings of a natural
person, except for the case referred to in Paragraph four of this
Section when expenses are covered by the relevant creditor.
(6) Value added tax shall be added to the remuneration of the
administrator specified in this Law for the performance of
administrator's duties in insolvency proceedings of a natural
person if the administrator is registered in the State Revenue
Service Value Added Tax Taxable Persons Register.
(7) In cases where the remuneration of the administrator and
value added tax, if the administrator has been registered in the
State Revenue Service Value Added Tax Taxable Persons Register,
are to be covered from the deposit referred to in Section 129,
Paragraph two of this Law, the total amount to be disbursed from
the deposit may not exceed the amount of the deposit referred to
in Section 129, Paragraph two of this Law.
[25 September 2014; 22 December 2016; 31 May 2018 / See
Paragraph 60 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 172. Costs of Insolvency
Proceedings of a Natural Person
(1) Any costs incurred by the debtor after proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a natural person are divided into
direct costs and indirect costs of insolvency proceedings of a
natural person.
(2) Direct costs of the insolvency proceedings of a natural
person are the costs related to ensuring insolvency proceedings
of a natural person:
1) expenses for placing the advertisement, organising the
auction, the opening, servicing and closure of a settlement
account;
2) expenses for postal services for dispatching correspondence
by mail;
3) expenses related to the evaluation of the property of a
natural person;
4) expenses for notary services;
5) expenses related to the maintenance of the natural person's
property if it has been transferred to the administrator, and
inspection of transactions, and also the property and transaction
insurance.
(3) Direct costs of insolvency proceedings of a natural person
are covered from the funds raised as a result of selling the
debtor's property.
(4) Indirect costs of the insolvency proceedings of a natural
person are the costs related to support the debtor after
proclamation of insolvency proceedings of a natural person:
1) subsistence costs;
2) regular tax and fee payments;
3) current payments of means of support;
4) statutory payments and payments arising from agreements
that are carried on or have been signed after proclamation of
insolvency proceedings of a natural person in accordance with the
procedures laid down in this Law (e.g. administrative penalties,
rental payments, payments for utilities, etc.);
5) expenses related to the maintenance of property belonging
to third persons until it is transferred to these persons;
6) expenses for the enforcement of a judgment insofar as they
have not been covered in accordance with the Civil Procedure
Law.
(5) Indirect costs of the insolvency proceedings of a natural
person are covered from the debtor's funds which he or she is
entitled to retain to cover own subsistence costs.
[25 September 2014; 15 June 2021 / See Paragraph 74
of Transitional Provisions]
Division F
Supervision of Legal Protection Proceedings and Insolvency
Proceedings
Chapter XXXI
Insolvency Control Service in Legal Protection Proceedings and
Insolvency Proceedings
[31 May 2018]
Section 173. Competence of the
Insolvency Control Service
(1) The Insolvency Control Service is a direct administration
institution under the supervision of the Minister for Justice
which, within the scope of the competence specified in laws and
regulations, implements the State policy in issues of legal
protection proceedings and insolvency proceedings, protects the
interests of employees in case of insolvency of their employer,
and implements the protection of State and public interests in
issues of legal protection proceedings and insolvency proceedings
in accordance with the procedures laid down in the law.
(2) The following funds shall be used for the implementation
of the competence of the Insolvency Control Service:
1) the part of the State entrepreneurial risk fee;
2) subsidies from general revenues of the State budget;
3) revenues from the paid services provided;
4) foreign financial assistance funding.
[25 September 2014; 31 May 2018]
Section 174. Rights of the
Insolvency Administration in Supervision of Legal Protection
Proceedings and Insolvency Proceedings
[22 December 2016]
Section 174.1 Tasks of
the Insolvency Control Service
For the purpose of performance of the functions specified in
Section 173 of this Law and other laws and regulations, the
Insolvency Control Service shall:
1) supervise administrators;
2) examine complaints regarding actions of the administrator,
except for the cases specified in law where complaints regarding
decisions of the administrator are to be examined in a court in
which the relevant case of insolvency proceedings have been
initiated;
3) examine administrative offence cases according to the
competence specified in this Law;
4) examine applications for settling the claims from employees
of insolvent employers;
5) examine applications for the disbursement of the deposit
for insolvency proceedings of a legal person and the deposit for
insolvency proceedings of a natural person;
6) examine applications for the disbursement of funds referred
to in Section 118.1 of this Law;
7) inform the public of the results of implementation of the
insolvency policy and the current issues in the field of
insolvency;
8) organise the examination and qualification examination of
the administrator;
9) appoint administrators to office;
10) release, remove, and suspend the administrator from
office, and also suspend official activities of the
administrator;
11) in the cases and to the extent specified in this Law
supervise the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings
and examine complaints regarding actions thereof;
12) create, maintain, and develop the System;
13) ensure that the documents submitted by the administrator
and other persons specified in laws and regulations who have an
obligation to submit information to the Insolvency Control
Service are transformed in electronic form for storage in
electronic environment in the System in accordance with the laws
and regulations regarding the management of archives;
14) ensure that the information specified in laws and
regulations governing the field of insolvency is accessible;
15) perform tasks specified in other laws and regulations.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 5 December 2019 /
Amendments to Clause 3 regarding the replacement of the words
"the Latvian Administrative Violations Code" with the words "this
Law" shall come into force on 1 July 2020. See Paragraph 70 of
Transitional Provisions]
Section 174.2 Rights of
the Insolvency Control Service
(1) The Insolvency Control Service has the following
rights:
1) to request from State and local government authorities and
to receive from them, free of charge, any information related to
legal protection proceedings or insolvency proceedings necessary
for the performance of the functions of the Insolvency Control
Service;
2) to request from the authorities and persons involved in
legal protection proceedings or insolvency proceedings and to
receive from them the necessary information and documents
regarding the course of legal protection proceedings or
insolvency proceedings;
3) to request from the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings or the administrator and to receive from him or her
the necessary information and the relevant documents regarding
the course of legal protection proceedings or insolvency
proceedings;
4) to request that the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings or the administrator presents original documents and
to receive derivatives of the documents for inspection of
legality of the actions of the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings or the administrator;
5) to request and receive from the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings or the administrator explanations about
his or her actions in legal protection proceedings or insolvency
proceedings;
6) to invite the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings or the administrator to arrive at the Insolvency
Control Service in order to provide explanations about the course
of the relevant legal protection proceedings or insolvency
proceedings;
7) to impose a legal obligation upon the supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings or the administrator;
8) to submit an application to a court for the removal of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings from the
relevant legal protection proceedings or for the removal of the
administrator from the fulfilment of obligations of the
administrator in the relevant insolvency proceedings;
9) to arrive at the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings and the administrator at the place of practice
registered in the Insolvency Register or at the location of the
debtor - legal person. During inspection, officials of the
Insolvency Control Service have the following rights upon
presenting a written authorisation of the institution in which
the subject and objective of the inspection are indicated:
a) to request and receive information and documents (also
documents containing trade secret which have been drawn up in
electronic form) related to any legal protection proceedings,
insolvency proceedings of a legal person, or insolvency
proceedings of a natural person in the record-keeping of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings or the
administrator, to become acquainted with them on site, and also
to receive derivatives of these documents certified in accordance
with the procedures laid down in laws and regulations;
b) to request and receive information and documents regarding
accounts of income and expenditures of the administrator when
fulfilling official duties of the administrator, to become
acquainted with them on site, and also to receive derivatives of
these documents certified in accordance with the procedures laid
down in laws and regulations;
c) to request and receive from the supervisory person of legal
protection proceedings or the administrator written or oral
explanations;
10) to request and receive information from the Punishment
Register, free of charge, which is necessary for the Insolvency
Control Service for the performance of the tasks specified in
this Law;
11) to request and receive information from the Enterprise
Register of the Republic of Latvia, the State Revenue Service,
the Court Administration, the Office of Citizenship and Migration
Affairs, and the State Social Insurance Agency, free of charge,
which is necessary for the Insolvency Control Service for the
performance of the tasks specified in this Law;
12) to request and receive information on the administrator
and the person who wishes to take the office of the administrator
and to hand it over to the Examination Commission;
13) to request and receive information on the supervisory
person of legal protection proceedings, the administrator, and
the person who wishes to take the office of the administrator and
to hand it over to the Commission of Disciplinary Matters.
(2) The authorisation of an official of the Insolvency Control
Service shall be certified by a service identification
document.
(3) The Cabinet shall determine the content and form of the
service identification document of officials and employees of the
Insolvency Control Service.
(4) When commencing the procedural actions referred to in
Section 174.2, Paragraph one, Clause 9 of this Law,
the official of the Insolvency Control Service shall inform the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings or the
administrator of his or her rights.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 174.3 Minutes of
a Procedural Action
(1) The officials of the Insolvency Control Service shall
record the procedural actions specified in Section
174.2, Paragraph one, Clause 9 of this Law in the
minutes of a a procedural action.
(2) The minutes of a procedural action shall indicate the
following:
1) the place and date of the occurrence of the action;
2) the legal basis of the performance of the action;
3) the time when the action was commenced and completed;
4) the position, given name, and surname of the performers of
the action;
5) the position, given name, and surname of the taker of the
minutes;
6) the given name, surname, and position of the persons -
participants in the action - or the relation thereof to legal
protection proceedings or insolvency proceedings;
7) the course of the action and established facts;
8) the documents obtained in the course of the procedural
action.
(3) The documents obtained in the course of a procedural
action shall be appended to the minutes.
(4) The performer of a procedural action shall familiarise the
persons who participate in the relevant action with the content
of the minutes of such procedural action and annexes thereto. Any
corrections and supplements suggested by the persons shall be
recorded in the minutes of the procedural action.
(5) The performer of a procedural action, the taker of
minutes, and all the persons who participated in the relevant
action shall sign the minutes of the procedural action as a whole
and each page thereof separately. If a person refuses to sign,
this shall be recorded in the minutes, indicating the reason and
grounds for such refusal.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
Chapter XXXII
Procedures for Contesting and Appealing a Decision of the
Insolvency Control Service
[31 May 2018]
Section 175. Decisions of the
Insolvency Control Service, Contesting and Appealing Thereof
(1) The Insolvency Control Service shall take decisions:
1) to settle the claims from employees of insolvent
employers;
2) on actions of the administrator in insolvency proceedings
and actions of the supervisory person of legal protection
proceedings in legal protection proceedings or when fulfilling
the general obligations imposed upon him or her in this Law, and
also on imposing of the legal obligation in case of establishing
a violation;
3) to appoint to, release, remove, or suspend the
administrator from the office, and also to suspend official
activities of the administrator;
4) to extend the time limit for taking the qualification
examination of the administrator;
5) to pay the deposit referred to in Sections 62 and 129 of
this Law;
6) to disburse the funds specified in Section 118.1
of this Law.
(2) The decision of the Insolvency Control Service referred to
in Paragraph one, Clause 1 of this Section may be contested
before a higher institution. The decision of the higher
institution on the relevant decision of the Insolvency Control
Service may be appealed to a court. The decision of the Director
of the Insolvency Control Service referred to in Paragraph one,
Clause 3 of this Section may be appealed to a court.
(3) The decisions referred to in Paragraph two of this Section
shall be contested and appealed in accordance with the procedures
laid down in the Administrative Procedure Law. Contesting or
appeal of the abovementioned decisions shall not suspend the
operation thereof.
(4) The decision of the Insolvency Control Service referred to
in Paragraph one, Clause 2 of this Law may be appealed in
accordance with the procedures laid down in the Civil Procedure
Law within a month from the day of receipt of the decision to the
court where the relevant case of insolvency proceedings has been
initiated. Submission of a complaint to the court shall not
suspend operation of the decision of the Insolvency Control
Service.
(5) The decision of the Insolvency Control Service referred to
in Paragraph one, Clauses 5 and 6 of this Section may be appealed
in accordance with the procedures laid down in the Civil
Procedure Law to the court where the relevant case of insolvency
proceedings has been initiated within a month from the day of
receipt of the decision. Submission of a complaint to the court
shall suspend operation of the decision of the Insolvency Control
Service.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018; 16 March 2023 / See
Paragraph 82 of Transitional Provisions]
Section 176. Submission and
Examination of Complaints Regarding Actions of the Administrator
or the Supervisory Person of Legal Protection Proceedings in the
Insolvency Control Service
(1) A creditor, a commercial company (in legal protection
proceedings), a natural person (in insolvency proceedings such
person), the debtor's representative (in insolvency proceedings
of a legal person), or a third person whose lawful rights have
been infringed upon may submit a complaint to the Insolvency
Control Service regarding actions of the administrator or the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings.
(2) A creditor, commercial company (in legal protection
proceedings), a natural person (in insolvency proceedings of such
person), the debtor's representative (in insolvency proceedings
of a legal person), or a third person whose lawful rights have
been infringed upon may submit a complaint within three months
from the day when the action with which the rights of the
creditor, natural person, debtor's representative, or third
person have been infringed upon has been determined. If legal
protection proceedings or insolvency proceedings are terminated,
a complaint may be submitted not later than within a year from
the day of termination of the relevant proceedings.
(3) The Insolvency Control Service shall not examine
complaints regarding decisions of the administrator which are
based on a dispute regarding rights.
(4) When examining complaints regarding actions of the
administrator, the Insolvency Control Service is entitled to
request the necessary information and documents from the
parties.
(5) The Insolvency Control Service shall examine complaints
regarding actions of the administrator or the supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings within one month from the day of
receipt of the complaint.
(6) If the time limit referred to in Paragraph five of this
Section cannot be complied with due to objective reasons, the
Insolvency Control Service may extend it, but for not longer than
three months from the day of receipt of the complaint, notifying
the submitter of the complaint thereof.
[31 May 2018]
Section 177. Complaint Regarding the
Decision of the Insolvency Administration
[25 September 2014 / See Paragraph 34 of the Transitional
Provisions]
Chapter XXXIII
Administrative Offences in the Field of Legal Protection and
Insolvency, and Competence in Administrative Offence
Proceedings
[5 December 2019 /
Chapter shall come into force on 1 July 2020. See Paragraph 70
of Transitional Provisions]
Section 178. Failure to Submit an
Application for Insolvency Proceedings
For the failure to fulfil the obligation to submit an
application for insolvency proceedings of a legal or natural
person in the cases specified in this Law if such obligation of
the debtor sets in due to non-honoured tax, duty, and other
mandatory statutory payment obligations, a fine of sixty up to
two hundred units of fine shall be imposed on a natural person or
a member of the executive board, with or without deprivation of
the right of the natural person and the member of the executive
board to hold specific positions in commercial companies for a
period from one month to five years.
[5 December 2019; 16 March 2023]
Section 179. Violation of
Regulations of Insolvency Proceedings and Legal Protection
Proceedings
For violating the regulations of insolvency proceedings or
legal protection proceedings if such has been committed by the
administrator, a representative of a debtor, a supervisory person
of legal protection proceedings or another person involved in
insolvency proceedings or legal protection proceedings, a fine of
twenty up to three hundred units of fine shall be imposed, with
or without deprivation of the right to hold specific positions in
commercial companies for a period from one month to five
years.
[5 December 2019 / Section shall come into force
from 1 July 2020. See Paragraph 70 of Transitional
Provisions]
Section 180. Competence in
Administrative Offence Proceedings
(1) Administrative offence proceedings for the offences
referred to in Section 178 of this Law shall be conducted by the
State Revenue Service.
(2) Administrative offence proceedings for the offences
referred to in Section 179 of this Law shall be conducted by the
Insolvency Control Service.
[5 December 2019 / Section shall come into force
from 1 July 2020. See Paragraph 70 of Transitional
Provisions]
Transitional Provisions
1. With the coming into force of this Law, the Insolvency Law
(Latvijas Vēstnesis, 2007, No. 188; 2009, No. 97) is
repealed.
2. The norms of the law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and
Companies are applied to insolvency proceedings which have been
initiated until 31 December 2007.
3. When deciding on covering the costs of the administration
of insolvency proceedings which have been initiated in accordance
with the law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies, the
Insolvency Administration shall apply Cabinet Regulation No. 201
of 14 March 2006, Procedures for Covering the Remuneration of the
Administrator of Insolvency Proceedings and the Costs of
Administration, except for the provisions on the amount of the
administrator's remuneration (not including additional
remuneration for each employee whose claim is satisfied from the
resources of the guarantee fund for employees' claims), which
shall be determined in accordance with the Insolvency Law which
was in force from 1 January 2008 to 31 October 2010.
4. The administrator is not entitled to receive remuneration
for insolvency proceedings which have been initiated in
accordance with the law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and
Companies from the funds allocated to the Insolvency
Administration for this purpose if:
1) the administrator has not submitted a request to the
Insolvency Administration to cover the remuneration thereof
within two months after the debtor's exclusion from the relevant
public register;
2) the debtor has been excluded in these proceedings from the
relevant public register by 2 July 2009 and the administrator has
not submitted a request to the Insolvency Administration to cover
the remuneration thereof by 30 November 2009;
3) the administrator has been removed from the fulfilment of
the obligations of the administrator by a court decision in the
case provided for in Section 28, Paragraph one, Clause 2 or 3 of
the law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
5. The norms of the Insolvency Law and the laws and
regulations issued on the grounds thereof which are in force
between 1 January 2008 and 31 October 2010 are applied to legal
protection proceedings and insolvency proceedings which were
initiated during the abovementioned period.
6. If insolvency proceedings of a natural person have been
initiated by 31 October 2010 and have not been terminated, this
person has the right to request that the court commences the
procedure for extinguishing obligations in accordance with the
provisions of this Law, after all the property of the natural
person and the property provided for in the plan for satisfying
creditors has been sold. In such case the debtor shall draw up a
report on the termination of bankruptcy procedure and the plan
for extinguishing obligations in accordance with the provisions
of this Law and send it to the creditors in accordance with the
procedures laid down in Sections 149 and 157 of this Law. The
report on the termination of bankruptcy procedure and the plan
for extinguishing obligations shall be submitted to court not
earlier than two months after sending of this document to the
creditors. Within this time limit, the creditors have the right
to notify also of the restrictions referred to in Sections 130
and 153 of this Law. The debtor shall inform the court of the
abovementioned reports. From the moment when the court has
approved the plan for extinguishing obligations, the procedure
for extinguishing obligations of a natural person are commenced
in accordance with the provisions of this Law.
7. For administrators whose certificates have been issued in
accordance with the requirements of Section 13 of the law On the
Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies for at least three years
practical experience in the supervisory institutions of
undertakings or companies and executive bodies, but who do not
have higher education in jurisprudence, the requirement referred
to in Section 13, Paragraph one, Clause 2 of this Law regarding
higher education in jurisprudence shall be applicable as of 1
January 2022. For administrators whose certificates have been
issued before 31 October 2010, but who do not have higher
education in jurisprudence, the requirement referred to in
Section 13, Paragraph one, Clause 2 of this Law regarding higher
education in jurisprudence shall be applicable as of 1 January
2022. If the administrator referred to in the first and second
sentence of this Paragraph has not commenced studies in an
educational institution for acquisition of higher education, he
or she shall commence them by 1 January 2014 and submit a
statement issued by the higher education institution to the
Association of Administrators. The administrators referred to in
the first and second sentence of this Paragraph who are studying
at a higher education institution, when applying for
re-certification, shall submit a statement issued by the higher
education institution to the Association of Administrators on the
successful continuation of the studies. If the administrator has
not commenced studies at a higher education institution within
the time limit specified in the third sentence of this Paragraph
or, when applying for re-certification, has not submitted a
statement on the successful continuation of the studies, his or
her certificate shall be recognised as valid within the time
limit indicated therein and this administrator shall not be
re-certified.
[Constitutional Court judgment of 22 November 2011; 23
February 2012]
8. The right of the administrator referred to in Section 28,
Paragraph one of this Law to authorise another administrator for
a period not exceeding 60 days per year shall enter into effect
on 1 January 2011. Until 31 December 2010 the administrator has
the right to authorise another administrator for performance of
the duties specified in this Law for a period not exceeding 10
days.
9. Within the scope of the funds for the State entrepreneurial
risk fee, the Cabinet shall determine which part of these funds
shall be transferred into the relevant State budget sub-programme
from which the costs of insolvency proceedings shall be covered
in insolvency proceedings of a legal person in accordance with
the Insolvency Law which was in force from 1 January 2008 to 31
October 2010 (Section 182, Paragraph eight and Section 183,
Paragraph five).
10. The remaining funds which are allocated to the Insolvency
Administration until 31 October 2010 for covering the
remuneration and expenses of insolvency proceedings initiated
within the scope of the State budget and State entrepreneurial
risk fee shall be spent by 31 October 2010 for covering the
remuneration and expenses of the initiated insolvency proceedings
during the subsequent financial years.
11. All amendments to this Law which come into force on 1
March 2015 shall be applicable to all proceedings initiated until
28 February 2015, except for the cases referred to in Paragraphs
12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17 of the Transitional Provisions.
[18 December 2014]
12. The amendments coming into force on 1 March 2015 in
respect of the status of a secured creditor for persons whose
right to claim against a third person is secured by a commercial
pledge or mortgage on debtor's property registered in the Land
Register or Ship Register, and also for persons whose right to
claim is conditional shall be applied to insolvency proceedings
that have been proclaimed as of 1 March 2015, and to the cases of
legal protection proceedings that have been initiated as of 1
March 2015.
[18 December 2014]
13. In respect of legal protection proceedings that have been
initiated yet not proclaimed by 28 February 2015, the
administrator shall provide a reasoned opinion on the fact
whether the claims of creditors in the plan of measures of legal
protection proceedings and documents appended thereto are
justified prima facie, if requested by a creditor.
[18 December 2014]
14. Amendments to Sections 38, 40, and 42 of this Law, coming
into force on 1 March 2015, are not applicable to legal
protection proceedings proclaimed until 28 February 2015.
[18 December 2014]
15. Auctions that have been announced until 1 March 2015 shall
be completed in accordance with the regulation in this Law in
force by 28 February 2015.
[18 December 2014]
16. Amendments to Chapter XVII "Appeal of Transactions" of
this Law shall be applicable to insolvency proceedings proclaimed
as of 1 March 2015.
[18 December 2014]
17. Amendments to Division D and Chapter XXX of Division E
which come into force on 1 March 2015 shall be applicable to
insolvency proceedings of a natural person proclaimed as of 1
March 2015. Amendments to this Law in Section 155 in respect of
the terms in the plan for extinguishing obligations which come
into force on 1 March 2015 shall be applicable also to insolvency
proceedings that have been initiated until 28 February 2015.
[18 December 2014; 19 February 2015]
18. If the procedure for the extinguishing of obligations in
insolvency proceedings of a natural person has been proclaimed by
the date when amendments to Section 148, Paragraph six and
Section 155, Paragraphs two, three, and four of this Law come
into force and has not been terminated, the natural person has
the right, within 90 days after these amendments come into force,
to submit his or her amendments to the plan for extinguishing
obligations for a court's approval, concurrently with submitting
evidence to the fact that amendments to the plan for
extinguishing obligations have been delivered to all
creditors.
[18 December 2014; 19 February 2015]
19. If insolvency proceedings have been initiated in
accordance with the law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and
Companies and have not been terminated, the administrator shall,
by 31 August 2015, submit an application to a court for the
termination of insolvency proceedings due to completion of the
bankruptcy procedure. If amicable settlement or reorganisation
has been started in the abovementioned proceedings by 28 February
2015, the situation in insolvency proceedings shall be addressed
in accordance with the procedures laid down in the law On the
Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies.
[18 December 2014]
20. If insolvency proceedings of a legal person have been
initiated in accordance with the Insolvency Law that was in force
until 31 October 2010 and have not been terminated, the
administrator shall, by 31 December 2015, submit an application
to a court for the termination of the case of insolvency
proceedings due to completion of the bankruptcy procedure. If
amicable settlement, reorganisation, or legal protection
proceedings (extrajudicial legal protection proceedings) have
been started in the abovementioned proceedings by 28 February
2015, the situation in insolvency proceedings shall be addressed
in accordance with the procedures laid down in the Insolvency Law
that was in force until 31 October 2010.
[18 December 2014]
21. The creditors' meeting may, by 31 August 2015, take the
decision to apply amicable settlement, settlement,
reorganisation, or legal protection proceedings in accordance
with the laws and regulations that were in force on the day when
the abovementioned insolvency proceedings were initiated.
[18 December 2014]
22. If amicable settlement, reorganisation, or legal
protection proceedings (extrajudicial legal protection
proceedings) that have been initiated in accordance with the
procedures laid down in Paragraphs 19, 20, and 21 of these
Transitional Provisions are discontinued after 28 February 2015,
the administrator shall initiate the bankruptcy procedure by
applying the legal provisions that were in force on the day when
the abovementioned insolvency proceedings were initiated.
[18 December 2014]
23. If the administrator has initiated the bankruptcy
procedure after the cases referred to in Paragraph 21 of these
Transitional Provisions, he or she shall submit an application to
court for the termination of insolvency proceedings due to
completion of the bankruptcy procedure within one year after the
start date of the bankruptcy procedure by applying legal
provisions that were in force on the day when the abovementioned
insolvency proceedings were initiated.
[18 December 2014]
24. If the administrator fails to submit the application
referred to in Paragraphs 19 and 20 of these Transitional
Provisions to a court by the deadlines specified therein, the
Insolvency Administration shall submit an application to a court
for the removal of the administrator from the performance of his
or her obligations in the respective insolvency proceedings,
except when:
1) insolvency proceedings cannot be terminated due to
initiated civil proceedings or administrative proceedings;
2) according to an evaluation by the Insolvency
Administration, insolvency proceedings cannot be terminated due
to justified reasons;
3) the debtor in respect of whom insolvency proceedings have
been proclaimed has been recognised a victim in criminal
proceedings.
[18 December 2014]
25. In the cases referred to in Paragraph 24, Sub-paragraph 1
of these Transitional Provisions, the Insolvency Administration
shall impose a legal obligation on the administrator to convene a
creditors' meeting for deciding on the issue of proceeding with
the court procedures in accordance with the legal provisions that
were in force on the day when the abovementioned insolvency
proceedings were initiated: by 30 November 2015 (if insolvency
proceedings have been initiated in accordance with the law On the
Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies and have not been
terminated), or by 31 March 2016 (if insolvency proceedings of a
legal person have been initiated in accordance with the
Insolvency Law that was in force until 31 October 2010 and have
not been terminated). If the creditors' meeting votes on
discontinuation of court procedures, the administrator shall
start or complete the selling of the property, satisfy the claims
of creditors and shall submit an application to a court in
respect of termination of insolvency proceedings due to the
completion of the bankruptcy procedure: by 30 November 2016 (if
insolvency proceedings have been initiated in accordance with the
law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies and have not
been terminated), or by 31 December 2017 (if insolvency
proceedings of a legal person have been initiated in accordance
with the Insolvency Law that was in force until 31 October 2010
and have not been terminated). If the creditors' meeting votes on
proceeding with court procedures, the administrator shall convene
the next creditors' meeting for deciding on the issue of either
termination of insolvency proceedings or proceeding with the
court procedure: by 30 November 2016 (if insolvency proceedings
have been initiated in accordance with the law On the Insolvency
of Undertakings and Companies and have not been terminated), or
by 31 December 2017 (if insolvency proceedings of a legal person
have been initiated in accordance with the Insolvency Law that
was in force until 31 October 2010 and have not been terminated).
The decision shall be deemed taken when supported by three
quarters of the creditors with voting rights attending the
meeting.
[18 December 2014]
26. In the cases referred to in Paragraph 24, Sub-paragraph 2
of these Transitional Provisions, the Insolvency Administration
shall impose legal obligation on the administrator to convene a
creditors' meeting for deciding on the issue of completing the
bankruptcy procedure in accordance with the legal provisions that
were in force on the day when the abovementioned insolvency
proceedings were initiated: by 30 November 2015 (if insolvency
proceedings have been initiated in accordance with the law On the
Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies and have not been
terminated), or by 31 March 2016 (if insolvency proceedings a
legal person have been initiated in accordance with the
Insolvency Law that was in force until 31 October 2010 and have
not been terminated). If the creditors' meeting votes in favour
of completing the bankruptcy procedure, the administrator shall
start or complete the selling of the property, satisfy the claims
of creditors and shall submit an application to a court in
respect of termination of insolvency proceedings due to the
completion of the bankruptcy procedure: by 30 November 2016 (if
insolvency proceedings have been initiated in accordance with the
law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and Companies and have not
been terminated), or by 31 December 2017 (if insolvency
proceedings of a legal person have been initiated in accordance
with the Insolvency Law that was in force until 31 October 2010
and have not been terminated). If the creditors' meeting has not
voted on the actions for completing the bankruptcy procedure, the
administrator shall convene the next creditors meeting for
deciding on the issue of terminating insolvency proceedings: by
30 November 2016 (if insolvency proceedings have been initiated
in accordance with the law On the Insolvency of Undertakings and
Companies and have not been terminated), or by 31 December 2017
(if insolvency proceedings of a legal person have been initiated
in accordance with the Insolvency Law that was in force until 31
October 2010 and have not been terminated). The decision shall be
deemed taken when supported by three quarters of the creditors
with voting rights attending the meeting.
[18 December 2014]
27. If the administrator fails to submit the application to a
court requesting termination of insolvency proceedings in the
cases referred to in Paragraph 23, 25, 26, or 28 of these
Transitional Provisions and by the deadlines specified therein,
the Insolvency Administration shall submit an application to a
court for the removal of the administrator from the performance
of his or her obligations in the respective insolvency
proceedings and termination of insolvency proceedings.
[25 September 2014]
28. If the court removes the administrator from the
performance of his or her obligations in the relevant insolvency
proceedings based on the application by the Insolvency
Administration referred to in Paragraph 24 of these Transitional
Provisions, the new administrator shall start or complete the
selling of the property, satisfy the claims of creditors and
shall submit an application to court in respect of termination of
insolvency proceedings due to the completion of the bankruptcy
procedure: by 31 August 2016 (if insolvency proceedings have been
initiated in accordance with the law On the Insolvency of
Undertakings and Companies and have not been terminated), or by
31 December 2016 (if insolvency proceedings of a legal person
have been initiated in accordance with the Insolvency Law that
was in force until 31 October 2010 and have not been
terminated).
[18 December 2014]
29. If the court removes the administrator from the
performance of his or her duties in the relevant insolvency
proceedings based on the application of the Insolvency
Administration referred to in Paragraph 27 of these Transitional
Provisions and the administrator fails to perform the actions
referred to in the court decision which are related to the
exclusion of the debtor from the relevant public register or
termination of insolvency proceedings, the Association of
Administrators, upon proposal of the Insolvency Administration,
may take the decision to terminate the operation of the
administrator's certificate.
[25 September 2014]
30. In order to ensure the performance of the duties referred
to in Paragraphs 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29
of these Transitional Provisions, the administrator may provide
information to creditors in accordance with the procedures laid
down in Section 81, Paragraph three of this Law. Creditors shall
submit an application to the administrator by 1 April 2015,
indicating their electronic mail address.
[18 December 2014]
31. If any contradictions are detected between various
regulations governing insolvency proceedings, for the purpose of
conforming to Paragraphs 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28,
29, and 30 of these Transitional Provisions, those legal
provisions shall be applied that were in force on the day when
the relevant insolvency proceedings were initiated, unless laid
down otherwise in Paragraphs 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,
21, and 22 of these Transitional Provisions.
[18 December 2014]
32. Value added tax is added to the administrator's
remuneration for performing his or her obligations in respect of
insolvency proceedings to which laws and regulations referred to
in Paragraphs 2 and 5 of these Transitional Provisions apply, if
the administrator is registered in the State Revenue Service
Value Added Tax Taxable Persons Register.
[25 September 2014]
33. [19 February 2015]
34. Sections 1-76 of the law Amendments to the Insolvency Law
adopted by the Saeima on 25 September 2014 shall come into
force on 1 March 2015.
[18 December 2014 / The abovementioned amendments shall be
included in the wording of the Law as of 1 March 2015]
35. Administrators whose certificates have been issued in
accordance with the regulation of this Law which was in force
until the day when amendments regarding the taking of
qualification examination and appointing of the administrator to
the office came into force and whose certificates are valid on
the day of coming into force of these amendments have the right
to fulfil the obligations of the administrator on the basis of
the issued certificate. After expiry of the period of validity of
the certificate the administrator has an obligation to take the
qualification examination as soon as it is organised. If the
administrator fails to take the qualification examination or
takes it but receives a negative evaluation, he or she shall lose
the right to fulfil the obligations of the administrator.
[22 December 2016]
36. Regulation of this Law that stipulates a restriction on
the fulfilment of the obligations of the administrator if
operation of his or her certificate has been suspended or
terminated, or his or her certificate which was valid until the
day when amendments regarding the taking of qualification
examination and appointing of the administrator to the office
came into force has been cancelled, shall be applicable to the
administrator referred to in Paragraph 35 of these Transitional
Provisions until appointing thereof to the office.
[22 December 2016]
37. The Director of the Insolvency Administration shall
appoint the administrators referred to in Paragraph 35 of these
Transitional Provisions to the office and issue an office
certificate to them after they have passed the qualification
examination successfully. Until issuing of the office
certificate, the right of the administrator to fulfil the
obligations of the administrator shall be certified by a
certificate issued in accordance with the regulation of this Law
which was in force until the day when amendments regarding the
taking of qualification examination and appointing of the
administrator to the office came into force. Until issuing of the
office certificate, information on a certificate of the
administrator shall be entered in the columns of the Insolvency
Register which are intended for the information on the office
certificate.
[22 December 2016]
38. Starting from the day when amendments regarding the taking
of qualification examination and appointing of the administrator
to the office come into force, the Insolvency Administration
shall perform the task of the Association of Administrators to
take the decision to suspend or terminate operation of the issued
certificate of the administrator or to cancel it in accordance
with the provisions of the Law which were in force until the day
when these amendments to the Law providing for the appointing of
the administrator to the office came into force. When taking the
decision to suspend or terminate operation of the certificate of
the administrator or to cancel it, the procedures provided for in
Cabinet Regulation No. 1038 of 9 November 2010, Procedures for
Training Candidates for the Administrators of Insolvency
Proceedings and for Certifying Administrators of Insolvency
Proceedings, shall be applied insofar as they are not in
contradiction with the purpose of this Law. The decision of the
Insolvency Administration to suspend or terminate operation of
the issued certificate of the administrator or to cancel it may
be appealed to a court in accordance with the procedures laid
down in the Administrative Procedure Law. Appealing of the
relevant decision shall not suspend the operation thereof.
[22 December 2016]
39. Administrators the operation of whose certificate has been
suspended during organisation of the qualification examination
specified in Paragraph 35 of these Transitional Provisions shall
take the qualification examination to be taken prior to the
appointing to the office, as soon as the qualification
examination is organised after expiry of the time limit for the
suspension of operation of the certificate.
[22 December 2016]
40. The Insolvency Administration shall organise the first
qualification examination for administrators starting from 1 June
2017.
[22 December 2016]
41. After notification of the results of the qualification
examination, the Insolvency Administration shall, without delay,
provide to the responsible institution which maintains the
Insolvency Register the information required for the updating of
the information included in this register on the administrator
and, in the cases where in accordance with Paragraph 38 of these
Transitional Provisions the administrator has lost the right to
fulfil the duties of an administrator, take measures for his or
her removal from all insolvency proceedings for which he or she
has been appointed in accordance with Section 17.2,
Paragraph one, Clause 4 and Section 20, Paragraph one, Clause
1.1 of this Law.
[22 December 2016]
42. The Insolvency Administration shall take a decision on the
contested administrative acts and actual actions of the
Association of Administrators in issues regarding certification
of the administrator, including issuing of a certificate,
termination of operation of the certificate or cancellation of
the certificate, and also re-certification of the
administrator.
[22 December 2016]
43. The actual actions and administrative acts of the
Association of Administrators which refer to the certification of
the administrator, including issuing of the certificate,
termination of operation of the certificate, or cancellation of
the certificate, and also re-certification of the administrator,
may be contested before the Insolvency Administration in
accordance with the procedures laid down in the Administrative
Procedure Law. A decision of the Insolvency Administration may be
appealed to the court. Contesting or appeal of the abovementioned
decisions shall not suspend the operation thereof.
[22 December 2016]
44. The Association of Administrators shall, by 1 March 2017,
hand over to the Insolvency Administration a register of the
issued, extended, cancelled, and terminated certificates and
duplicates of certificates; the decisions which have been taken
when performing the State administration tasks assigned thereto
in accordance with the regulation of this Law which was in force
until the day when amendments regarding taking of the
qualification examination and appointing of the administrator to
the office came into force, and also the documents supporting
such decisions.
[22 December 2016]
45. The provisions of this Law regarding training of
candidates for the office of the administrator shall be
applicable starting from 1 July 2017. Certifications of the
attendance of a training course which have been issued by the
Association of Administrators shall be valid until the expiry of
the time limit indicated therein. A candidate to the office of
the administrator the period of validity of whose certification
of the attendance of the training course issued by the
Association of Administrators expires during the period from the
day when amendments regarding the taking of qualification
examination and appointing of the administrator to the office
came into force until 30 June 2017 have the right to take the
examination of the administrator organised by the Insolvency
Administration as soon as it is organised after expiry of the
time limit indicated in the certification.
[22 December 2016]
46. Qualification improvement activities which the
administrator has attended until the day when the provisions of
this Law regarding taking of the qualification examination came
into force shall be taken into account when deciding on the issue
of the fulfilment of the preconditions for the qualification
examination.
[22 December 2016]
47. The provisions of this Law by which regulation of the
supervisory person of legal protection proceedings and the
changes related thereto in legal protection proceedings and
extrajudicial legal protection proceedings are introduced and
which restrict the competence of the administrators to fulfil the
obligations of the administrator in legal protection proceedings
and extrajudicial legal protection proceedings respectively shall
be applicable starting from 1 July 2017. The regulation referred
to in this Paragraph shall be applicable to the legal protection
and extrajudicial legal protection proceedings initiated after 1
July 2017. The provisions of this Law which were in force on the
day of initiation of legal protection proceedings shall be
applicable to the relevant legal protection proceedings initiated
until 30 June 2017.
[22 December 2016]
48. The provisions of this Law providing for the competence of
the Insolvency Administration to perform the actions specified in
Section 174.2, Paragraph one, Clause 9 of this Law
shall be applicable starting from 1 July 2017.
[22 December 2016]
49. The regulation of this Law which specifies the obligations
of the supervisory person of legal protection proceedings and of
the administrator in the field of record-keeping shall be
applicable starting from 1 July 2017.
[22 December 2016]
50. Section 174.1, Clauses 13, 14, and 15 of this
Law which provide for the competence of the Insolvency Control
Service to create, maintain, and develop the System, to perform
electronic processing of documents, and to ensure the
availability of information on the website shall be applicable
starting from 1 July 2018.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
51. Section 12.1 of this Law which determines
operation of the System shall come into force on 1 July 2018.
[22 December 2016]
52. Section 12.2 of this Law which determines the
information to be published on the website of the Insolvency
Control Service shall come into force on 1 July 2018.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
53. The Cabinet shall, by 1 May 2017, issue the Cabinet
regulations provided for in Section 13.1, Paragraph
three, Section 15, Paragraph two, Section 16.1,
Paragraph five, Section 16.2, Paragraph six, and
Section 174.2, Paragraph three of this Law.
[22 December 2016]
54. The Cabinet shall, by 1 June 2017, issue the Cabinet
regulations provided for in Section 12.6, Paragraph
two, Section 12.7, Paragraph four, Section
17.1, Paragraph two, Section 17.2,
Paragraph two, Section 17.3, Paragraph two, Section
17.4, Paragraph two, Section 26, Paragraph seven, and
Section 26.1, Paragraph four of this Law.
[22 December 2016]
55. The Cabinet shall, by 31 December 2017, issue the Cabinet
regulations provided for in Section 12.1, Paragraph
eight and Section 12.2, Paragraph four of this
Law.
[22 December 2016]
56. Until the day of issue of the Cabinet regulations provided
for in Paragraph 54 of these Transitional Provisions, but not
later than until 1 June 2017, Cabinet Regulation No. 1038 of 9
November 2010, Procedures for Training Candidates for the
Administrators of Insolvency Proceedings and for Certifying
Administrators of Insolvency Proceedings, shall be applicable
insofar as they are not in contradiction with the purpose of this
Law.
[22 December 2016]
57. The administrators referred to in Paragraph 7 of these
Transitional Provisions who are studying at a higher education
institution shall, when applying for the qualification
examination, submit a statement to the Insolvency Control Service
on the continuation of studies issued by the higher education
institution. If the administrator who meets the criteria
specified in Paragraph 7 of these Transitional Provisions has
failed to submit a statement on the continuation of studies when
applying for the qualification examination referred to in
Paragraph 35 of these Transitional Provision, he or she shall
lose the right to fulfil the obligations of the administrator and
the Director of the Insolvency Control Service shall, by a
decision, remove this administrator from the office.
[22 December 2016; 31 May 2018]
58. Amendments to Section 33 of this Law regarding its
supplementation with Paragraph 1.1 concerning the
obligation to pay a deposit for insolvency proceedings of a legal
person if the application for legal protection proceedings is
re-submitted within one year shall apply to the cases of legal
protection proceedings initiated starting from 1 July 2018.
[31 May 2018]
59. Amendments to Section 80 of this Law with regard to the
procedures for appealing the decision of the administrator to
recognise, not to recognise, or to recognise partly the claim of
the creditor, concurrently asking to examine a dispute regarding
the rights and to impose a provisional remedy, shall be
applicable to the cases of insolvency proceedings of a legal
person initiated after coming into force of these amendments.
[31 May 2018]
60. Amendments to Section 169 of this Law regarding the
supplementation of Paragraph two with Clauses 1.1 and
4 and to Section 171, Paragraph one regarding the remuneration of
the administrator if the debtor - a legal person -, according to
data on the last completed financial year, has employed more than
250 employees and its annual turnover has exceeded 50 million
euros or the annual balance-sheet total has exceeded 43 million
euros, and economic activity is continued during the insolvency
proceedings of the debtor, and regarding the disbursing of a
deposit for insolvency proceedings of a natural person shall
apply to the cases of insolvency proceedings of a legal person
and a natural person initiated starting from 1 July 2018.
[31 May 2018]
61. The Cabinet shall, by 1 July 2018, determine the
procedures for lodging and disbursing a deposit for insolvency
proceedings of a legal person and a natural person, determining
actions of the Insolvency Control Service with the deposit lodged
within the framework of a case of legal protection proceedings,
and determining new procedures for disbursing a deposit for
insolvency proceedings of a natural person.
[31 May 2018]
62. Amendments to Section 12.5 of this Law
regarding its supplementation with Paragraph five, to Section 26
regarding its supplementation with Paragraph 2.1, to
Section 26 regarding the supplementation of Paragraph three with
Clause 10, to Section 28 regarding the new wording of Paragraph
two which provide for the obligation for a supervisory person of
legal protection proceedings and the administrator to use the
System, including the obligation of the administrator to submit
the authorisation to the Insolvency Control Service using the
System, shall come into force on 1 January 2019.
[31 May 2018]
63. Section 12.1, Paragraph nine of this Law, and
also amendments to Section 69 of this Law regarding its
supplementation with Clause 7, to Section 73 regarding its
supplementation with Paragraph 3.1, to Section 81
regarding its supplementation with Paragraph four, and Section
140 regarding its supplementation with Clause 3 which provide for
the right of the creditor and its representative, the
representative of the debtor, the debtor - a natural person - in
the insolvency proceedings or his or her representative to use
the System, shall come into force on 15 April 2019 and shall
apply to insolvency proceedings of a legal person, insolvency
proceedings of a natural person, and legal protection proceedings
initiated after 31 December 2018.
[31 May 2018]
64. Amendments to Section 19 of this Law regarding its
supplementation with Paragraph 1.1 and the new wording
of Paragraph two, and also amendments to Section 59 of this Law
regarding its new wording which provide for the automated
selection of the candidate for the position of the administrator
to be appointed for insolvency proceedings from the List of
Candidates, shall come into force on 1 January 2019. The Cabinet
shall, by 1 December 2018, issue regulations regarding the
procedures for compiling the List of Candidates in the System,
the characteristics by which an administrator shall be included
in the List of Candidates, and the procedures for selecting a
candidate for the office of the administrator by using automated
selection provided by the Court Information System.
[31 May 2018]
65. Amendments to Section 62 of this Law regarding the
deletion of Paragraph 7.3 which provides for the
delegation for the Cabinet to determine the proportion of the
State entrepreneurial risk fee to be directed towards the
covering of the costs of the insolvency proceedings of a legal
person, and amendments to Section 62, Paragraph 7.2 of
this Law shall come into force on 1 January 2019.
[31 May 2018]
66. Amendments to Section 85 of this Law shall come into force
on 1 January 2019. The Cabinet shall, by 1 December 2018, issue a
regulation regarding the content of the operational report of the
administrator and the procedures for filling in thereof. If, in
accordance with Cabinet Regulation No. 247 of 19 April 2016,
Regulations Regarding the Operational Report of the Administrator
of Insolvency Proceedings and the Procedures for Filling in
Thereof (hereinafter in this Paragraph - Regulation No. 247), the
end of the period of the operational report of the administrator
sets in by 31 December 2018, the administrator shall provide his
or her operational report to the creditors and the Insolvency
Control Service in accordance with the abovementioned Regulation
No. 247. In this case the previous form of the operational report
of the administrator shall be available on the website of the
Insolvency Control Service until 18 January 2019. Starting from 1
January 2019 the administrator shall enter in the System the
amount of data specified in Regulation No. 247 which is to be
submitted for filling in the operational report of the
administrator in specific insolvency proceedings after the end of
the period of the last operational report of the administrator
submitted on the website of the Insolvency Control Service by 31
December 2018. The administrator shall enter in the System the
data which are to be submitted in specific insolvency proceedings
from 1 January 2019 in accordance with Cabinet Regulation
Regarding the Content of the Operational Report of the
Administrator and the Procedures for Filling in Thereof which
will come into force on 1 January 2019. The first operational
report of the administrator shall be created in the System by 31
March 2019 in accordance with Section 85, Paragraph one of the
Insolvency Law and the Cabinet Regulation Regarding the Content
of the Operational Report of the Administrator and the Procedures
for Filling in Thereof which will come into force on 1 January
2019. The data entered in the System from 1 January 2019 to 31
March 2019 shall be compiled therein.
[31 May 2018]
67. Amendments to Section 64, Paragraph one, Clause 2, Section
88, Paragraph one, Clause 2, supplementing it with Sub-clause
"g", Section 89, Clause 3, Section 114, Section 118, Paragraph
twelve, and Section 170, Paragraph one of this Law shall be
applicable to insolvency proceedings of legal persons initiated
after coming into force of these amendments.
[31 May 2018]
68. Amendments to Section 130 of this Law, supplementing it
with Clause 5, shall be applicable to insolvency proceedings of
natural persons initiated after coming into force of these
amendments.
[31 May 2018]
69. Section 12.1, Paragraph ten of this Law which
provides that the information included in the System shall be
restricted access information shall also apply to the information
included in the System in accordance with Cabinet Regulation No.
247 of 19 April 2016, Regulations Regarding the Operational
Report of the Administrator of Insolvency Proceedings and the
Procedures for Filling in Thereof.
[31 May 2018]
70. Amendments to Section 38, Paragraph seven, Section 164,
Paragraph four, Clause 4, Section 174.1, Clause 3 of
this Law related to the administrative offence proceedings and
Chapter XXXIII of this Law shall come into force concurrently
with the Law on Administrative Liability.
[5 December 2019]
71. Amendments to Section 12 of this Law regarding its new
wording and to Section 130 regarding its supplementation with
Clause 6 shall come into force concurrently with the Law on
Release of a Natural Person from Debt Obligations.
[15 June 2021]
72. Amendments to Section 27, Paragraph one of this Law
regarding its supplementation with Clause 5 and amendments
regarding the deletion of Section 170, Paragraph two, Clause 4 of
this Law shall come into force on 1 January 2022.
[15 June 2021]
73. Amendments to Section 155, Paragraphs one, two, and three
and Section 161, Clause 1 of this Law regarding the amount of
income to be directed for settling the claims of creditors shall
apply to insolvency proceedings of a natural person which have
been declared after the coming into force of these
amendments.
[15 June 2021]
74. The amendment to Section 172, Paragraph four, Clause 6 of
this Law in relation to the determination of expenses for the
enforcement of a judgment, insofar as they have not been covered
in accordance with the Civil Procedure Law, for indirect costs of
insolvency proceedings of a natural person shall be applicable in
insolvency proceedings of a natural person which have been
commenced after the coming into force of these amendments.
[15 June 2021]
75. Administrators who have been appointed to the office of
the administrator in accordance with the regulation of this Law
and for whom, according to the decision of the Director of the
Insolvency Control Service, the end date of the validity period
of the office certificate issued is not later than 31 March 2022
shall take the next qualification examination not later than in
April 2024 but until then they shall continue to fulfil the
obligations of the administrator on the basis of the office
certificate issued.
[2 September 2021]
76. Administrators who have been appointed to the office of
the administrator in accordance with the regulation of this Law
and for whom, according to the decision of the Director of the
Insolvency Control Service, the end date of the validity period
of the office certificate issued is within the period from 1
April 2022 to 31 December 2023 shall take the next qualification
examination not later than in October 2024 but until then they
shall continue to fulfil the obligations of the administrator on
the basis of the office certificate issued.
[2 September 2021]
77. The qualification examination referred to in Paragraphs 75
and 76 of these Transitional Provisions shall also be taken by
the administrators whose official activities have been suspended
during taking of the relevant qualification examination or who
have been suspended from the fulfilment of the official
activities.
[2 September 2021]
78. The administrator may request the Director of the
Insolvency Control Service to extend once the time limit for
taking the qualification examination referred to in Paragraphs 75
and 76 of these Transitional Provisions until the next nearest
time it is organised if the qualification examination has not
been taken due to objective circumstances or until the next
nearest time the qualification examination is organised after
expiry of the time limit for the suspension of official
activities of the administrator or the suspension thereof from
the office if the official activities of the administrator have
been suspended during the qualification examination referred to
in Paragraphs 75 and 76 of these Transitional Provisions or he or
she has been suspended from the office. In such cases, the start
date of the validity period of the office certificate shall be
the date on which such qualification examination took place which
the administrator had an obligation to take in accordance with
Paragraph 75 or 76 of these Transitional Provisions.
[2 September 2021]
79. If the administrator has passed the qualification
examination referred to in Paragraphs 75 and 76 of these
Transitional Provisions during a period when his or her official
activities were suspended or he or she was suspended from the
office, the administrator is entitled to resume the fulfilment of
the official duties after the Director of the Insolvency Control
Service has taken the decision to reinstate the official
activities of the administrator. If the decision in accordance
with Paragraph 78 of these Transitional Provisions has been taken
to extend the time limit for taking the qualification examination
until the next nearest time the qualification examination is
organised after expiry of the time limit for the suspension of
official activities of the administrator or the suspension
thereof from the office, official activities of the administrator
shall be reinstated on the basis of a decision of the Director of
the Insolvency Control Service after passing of the qualification
examination.
[2 September 2021]
80. In order to provide a possibility for such administrators
to re-take the qualification examination who, when taking the
qualification examination referred to in Paragraphs 75 and 76 of
these Transitional Provisions, have received a negative
evaluation or have not taken this examination due to objective
circumstances, the Insolvency Control Service is entitled to
organise the qualification examination not later than six months
after the day of the qualification examination referred to in
Paragraphs 75 and 76 of these Transitional Provisions.
[2 September 2021]
81. Qualification improvement activities which the
administrator has attended from the beginning of the last
qualifying period until the day when the provisions of this Law
regarding the taking of the qualification examination came into
force in accordance with Paragraphs 75 and 76 of these
Transitional Provisions shall be taken into account when deciding
on the fulfilment of the preconditions for the qualification
examination.
[2 September 2021]
82. Amendments to Section 12.3, Section
12.4, Paragraph two, Section 12.8,
Paragraphs four and five, Section 12.9, Section 20,
Paragraph one, Sections 35.1, 36, 37, Sections
37.1 and 37.2, amendments to Sections 38
and 40, Section 41, Paragraph one, Sections 42, 43, 45, Section
46, Paragraph four, Section 47, Section 48, Paragraph one,
Sections 49, 50, 51, Section 53, Paragraph one, Clause 3, Section
54, Paragraph one, Sections 56, 73, 96, 101, 118, Chapter XXII,
Section 127, Paragraph three, and Section 129, Paragraph one,
Section 129, Paragraphs 2.1 and 4.1,
amendments to Section 130, Section 131, Paragraph one, Sections
132 and 133, Section 133.1, amendments to Sections
135, 137, 140, 147, 149, 150, 153, 154, and 155, Section 162,
Paragraph six, Section 164, Sections 165.1 and
165.2, amendments to Section 166, Section
174.2, Paragraph one, Clause 7, Section 175, Paragraph
one, Clause 2, and Section 178 of this Law related to the
introduction of Directive (EU) 2019/1023 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2019 on preventive
restructuring frameworks, on discharge of debt and
disqualifications, and on measures to increase the efficiency of
procedures concerning restructuring, insolvency and discharge of
debt, and amending Directive (EU) 2017/1132 (Directive on
restructuring and insolvency) shall apply to legal protection
proceedings, insolvency proceedings of a legal and a natural
person initiated starting from 15 September 2023.
[16 March 2023]
83. The Cabinet shall, by 15 September 2023, issue the
regulations referred to in Section 12.5, Paragraph six
and Section 12.8, Paragraph five of this Law, and also
develop amendments to Regulation No. 88 of 24 February 2015,
Procedures for Lodging and Disbursing a Deposit for Insolvency
Proceedings of a Legal Person and a Natural Person.
[16 March 2023]
84. Amendment to Section 67 of this Law regarding its
supplementation with Clause 16 in the Paragraph on the rights of
an administrator to request that the court terminates the
proceedings in the actions on the exclusion of the debtor as a
member of a different company which have been brought in
accordance with Section 136.1 of the Commercial Law
shall come into force on 1 July 2023.
[16 March 2023]
85. Amendment to Section 73 of this Law regarding
supplementation thereof with Paragraph 4.1 shall come
into force on 1 July 2024.
[16 March 2023 / The abovementioned amendment shall be
included in the wording of the Law as of 1 July 2024]
86. Section 133, Paragraph 1.1 of the Law shall not
apply if insolvency proceedings of a legal person, where a sole
proprietorship, individual (family) undertaking, farm, or fishing
enterprise, or insolvency proceedings of a natural person
performing economic activity have been declared by 15 September
2023.
[16 March 2023]
Informative Reference to European
Union Directive
[16 March 2023]
The Law includes legal norms arising from Directive (EU)
2019/1023 of the European Parliament and of the Council 20 June
2019 on preventive restructuring frameworks, on discharge of debt
and disqualifications, and on measures to increase the efficiency
of procedures concerning restructuring, insolvency and discharge
of debt, and amending Directive (EU) 2017/1132 (Directive on
restructuring and insolvency).
The Law shall come into force on 1 November 2010.
The Law has been adopted by the Saeima on 26 July
2010.
President V. Zatlers
Rīga, 6 August 2010
1 The Parliament of the Republic of
Latvia
Translation © 2023 Valsts valodas centrs (State
Language Centre)